228
123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual 99-403-0100 Rev B Aug 2005

Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

  • Upload
    lykiet

  • View
    223

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Transportable

AntennaControlSystem

123TTransportable

Antenna Control

OperationsManual99-403-0100 Rev BAug 2005

Page 2: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual
Page 3: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS - 123TRevision and Change Record

VertexRSI Contact Information

Proprietary Notice

Acronyms and Abbreviations

Safety Symbol Definitions

List Of Figures and Tables

SECTION 1 - SYSTEM

1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.2 OVERALL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.3 TYPICAL COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.3.1 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.4 EQUIPMENT INTERFACE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

SECTION 2 - OPERATING

2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 START UP PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1.1 Power Up Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.2 NORMAL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2.3 OPERATION UNDER EMERGENCY OR ADVERSE CONDITIONS. . . . . 2-3

2.4 POWER SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B i

Page 4: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations Manual

2.5 ACU FRONT PANEL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

2.5.1 ACU Internal Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52.5.2 Multiple Pedestal Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52.5.2.1 Antenna Type Detect at the PDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52.5.2.2 Antenna Type Detect at the ACU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52.5.2.3 Antenna Detect Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2.6 ACU MENUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2.6.1 Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

2.7 STANDBY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2.8 JOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2.8.1 Jog Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2.9 TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

2.10 PRESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

2.10.1 Preset Position Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2.11 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2.12 MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.12.1 Fault Latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.13 FREQUENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2.13.1 Low Signal Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152.13.2 Signal Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152.13.3 Frequency Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152.13.4 Receiver –1 / Receiver – 2 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.14 STOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.14.1 240MVO Stow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-162.14.2 TSM305 STOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-172.14.3 4.6M DMC STOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B ii

Page 5: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations Manual

2.14.4 Position Stow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

2.15 DEPLOY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

2.16 CALIBRATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

2.17 WINDUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

SECTION 3 - SITE SETUP

3 SITE-TO-SITE SETUP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 AUTO-CALIBRATION WITH GPS, COMPASS, AND TILT SENSORS. . . 3-1

3.1.1 GPS Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13.1.2 Clinometer Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23.1.3 Compass Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23.1.4 KVH-C100 Compass Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33.1.4.1 KVH-C100 Compass Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33.1.5 True North Compass Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43.1.6 Manual Compass Heading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

3.2 AUTO-CALIBRATION EXECUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

3.3 MANUAL CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

3.3.1 Site Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53.3.2 Date and Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53.3.3 Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

SECTION 4 - TRACKING

4 TRACKING OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1 OPTRACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.1 Backup Track Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34.1.2 Optrack Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B iii

Page 6: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations Manual

4.2 POSITION TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4.3 GEO TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4.4 STEPTRACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4.5 INTELSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4.5.1 INTELSAT Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54.5.2 Refract Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4.6 TABLE TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4.6.1 Table Track Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4.7 MEMORY TRACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4.8 NORAD TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4.9 SATELLITE TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4.10 SATELLITE ACQUISITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4.10.1 Box Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94.10.2 EL Encoder Offset and Compass Mark Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

SECTION 5 - SETUP

5 SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1 GENERAL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5.2 TRACK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5.3 RF SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5.4 ACTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

5.5 AZ SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5.6 EL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5.7 TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B iv

Page 7: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations Manual

5.8 INTELSAT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

5.9 CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

5.10 VERSION SCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

5.11 SATELLITE DATABASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

5.11.1 Satellite Database – Track Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85.11.2 Satellite Database – RF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

5.12 LO FREQUENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

5.13 RF BANDWIDTH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

SECTION 6 - STATUS MESSAGES

6 STANDARD STATUS MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 LINEAR POLARIZATION MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6.2 CIRCULAR POLARIZATION MESSAGES (OPTIONAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

SECTION 7 - CONTROL SYSTEM

7 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7.1 PORTABLE MAINTENANCE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7.1.1 Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

SECTION 8 - SERVICE

8 SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.1.1 Tools And Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18.1.2 Inspection, Cleaning And Lubricating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B v

Page 8: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations Manual

8.1.3 Safety Precautions To Be Taken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8.3 ACU SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE AND RESTORATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8.3.1 ACU Parameter Back-up To 3.5” Floppy Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28.3.2 ACU System Software Reload From Floppy Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8.4 SYSTEM LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8.5 FAULT MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

8.6 WIND-UP TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

SECTION 9 - APPENDICES

Appendix A - Parameters

Appendix B - 123T/240MVO

Appendix C - 123T/LHGXA

Appendix D - 123T Maintenance Manual on CD

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B vi

Page 9: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualRevision and Change Record

Revision and Change Record

REV DATE MODIFIED PAGES

REASON FOR CHANGE COMMENTS AUTHORIZATION

- 28 Mar 2005 All New Release M.Bacon

A 29 Apr 2005 All Add:Revision and Change Record page.Rev A to cover page and all footers. Section 2.14.2, "TSM305 STOW" on page 2-17. Section 2.14.3, "4.6M DMC STOW" on page 2-17.

Change:Publication date was March 2005. Section 2.14.4, "Position Stow" on page 2-18 was 2.14.2. Updated Section 2.5.2, "Multiple Pedestal Support" on page 2-5

M. Bacon

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 10: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualRevision and Change Record

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 11: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualVertexRSI Contact Information

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

VertexRSI Contact InformationThe following Contact Information is provided in the event that a problem has occurred or any additional information is required.

Address: VertexRSI Richardson Controls Facility

1219 Digital Drive

Richardson, TX 75081

Phone: 24-Hour Help 888-Tripoint (888-874-7646)

Main Line: 972-907-9599 (Hours M-F, 8am – 5pm, GMT –6)

Fax Line: 972-907-0027

Page 12: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualProprietary Notice

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Proprietary NoticeThis document contains information that is proprietary andconfidential to VertexRSI. Any reproduction, disclosure orother use of this document is expressly prohibited except asVertexRSI may authorize in writing.

No part of the content of this document may be reproduced inany form or by any means, including electronic storage,reproduction, execution or transmission without the priorwritten consent of VertexRSI.

Page 13: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualAcronyms and Abbreviations

Acronyms and Abbreviations

° DegreesACU Antenna Control UnitAZ AzimuthBW 3 dB Doublesided Receive Beamwidth of the AntennaEL ElevationPDU Power Drive UnitPMU Portable Maintenance UnitPOL PolarizationPWM Pulse Width Modulated

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 14: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSafety Symbol Definitions

Safety Symbol Definitions

SAFETY GROUND Indicates protective earth terminal. An uninterruptible safety earth ground must be provided from the main power source to the product input wiring terminals, power cord, or supplied power cord set. Any interruption of the protective (grounding) conductor, inside or outside the equipment, or disconnection of the protective earth ter-minal could result in personal injury.

WARNING Alerts users to a potentially hazardous situ-ation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION Directs attention to a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury to personnel and damage to equipment. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 15: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualList Of Figures and Tables

List Of Figures and Tables

Figure 1-1 Antenna Equipment Group Block Diagram (10762A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Figure 2-1 ACU Menus (V-1038). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Figure 2-2 Setup Menus (V-1039). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Table 2-1 Primary ACU Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Table 3-1 Compass Noise Score . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Figure 7-1 Portable Maintenance Unit (10988-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Table 8-1 AZ and EL Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Table 8-2 POL Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 16: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualList Of Figures and Tables

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 17: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 1 - System

SECTION 1 - SYSTEM1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.1 OVERVIEW

The Model 123T Control System described herein is designed to position a transportable antenna in all axes of movement for the purpose of locating and tracking the satellites of interest. Pointing and dynamic pointing to other targets is also supported. A single track DC motor per axis is used for this antenna pedestal configuration.

The Control System performs numerous functions to accomplish locating and maintaining contact with a satellite. The following list entails the major functions provided by the Control System.

• Stow and unstow sequences with Auto Search routine.

• Antenna calibration for tilt, heading and geographic location.

• Simultaneous positioning modes for each axis of movement.

• Manual modes for maintenance operations.

• Self test modes for control system calibration.

• Status monitoring for detailed events.

• Fault monitoring for detailed problems.

• Receive signal strength processing and display.

• Remote control and monitoring via third party computer.

1.2 OVERALL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

ITEM NOMENCLATURE SPECIFICATION

1 AZ/EL Axis Position Resolution,1:1 Encoders 0.0055° Internal

0.01° Displayed2 POL Axis Position Resolution,

1:1 Encoders 0.022° Internal0.1° Displayed

3 AZ/EL Axis Position Accuracy (includes coupling, resolver electronics)

0.05° RMS Error

4 POL Axis Position Accuracy(includes coupling, resolver electronics)

0.3° RMS Error

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 1 - 1

Page 18: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 1 - System

1.3 TYPICAL COMPONENTS

1.3.1 Block Diagram

The “Antenna Equipment Group Block Diagram (10762A)”, Fig. 1-1 on page 1-4, depicts the following control system components.

Components Supplied by VertexRSI:

• Power Drive Unit (PDU)

• Antenna Control Unit (ACU)

• Azimuth Position Transducer

• Elevation Position Transducer

• Portable Maintenance Control Unit (PMU)

• Tracking Receiver

• Clinometer

• Compass

• GPS Antenna and Receiver

Components Supplied by Others:

• System Computer

• Utility and Technical Power

• Emergency Stop and Travel Limit Switches

• Servo Active Beacon

• DC Drive Motors

• Polarization Position Feedback

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 1 - 2

Page 19: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 1 - System

The primary man-machine interface is the Antenna Control Unit (ACU). The ACU is a rack-mounted computer with a LCD display and integral keypad. The unit provides significant monitoring and control capabilities with connections to the Power Drive Unit (PDU) via an EIA-422 data link. Over this link, the ACU gathers and reports system status and issues position commands for both axes. These commands are internally generated by the ACU’s Steptrack and Pointing mode algorithms. The ACU has an emergency stop switch mounted on the front panel. The switch is microprocessor independent and interfaces directly with the PDU to command an immediate control and system disable.

An automated interface may be implemented through the use of a System Computer. An EIA 232/422 data link with the ACU allows control and monitoring to occur from this computer station. Other equipment interfaces with the ACU include the DC tracking voltage signal.

The hand-held Portable Maintenance Unit (PMU) has a pendant cable and connector that may be plugged into a dedicated port at the PDU. When interfaced to the PDU the PMU provides manual jog control of azimuth, elevation and polarization axes at the antenna.

The Power Drive Unit (PDU) is located at the antenna and contains the hardware and firmware to close the servo loops. The position commands are derived by Steptrack and Position modes in the ACU and then issued to the PDU via the EIA-422 link. The position loop closure electronics of the PDU reside in a dedicated microprocessor system called the Drive Board Assembly (DBA). The DBA compares the position commands with the position feedback from the on-axis transducers to generate position error terms. These position errors are frequency compensated and converted to directional commands.

The PDU interfaces with the on-axis transducers to accept and process the signals to derive a digital representation of position.

Antenna mounted emergency stop and axis travel limit status switches are individually reported to the PDU. The PDU interlocks these switches with enable logic and reports their status to the ACU for display purposes.

1.4 EQUIPMENT INTERFACE INFORMATION

Interface Information is contained in a separate document entitled “Hardware Interface Spec” located in the 123T Maintenance manual. The document provides the detailed electrical and mechanical interfaces to the VertexRSI supplied equipment.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 1 - 3

Page 20: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 1 - System

FIGURE 1-1 ANTENNA EQUIPMENT GROUP BLOCK DIAGRAM (10762A)

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 1 - 4

Page 21: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

SECTION 2 - OPERATING2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

The ACU is the primary interface with site personnel or a Supervisory Computer for determining operational modes and fault/status reporting. The unit is a standard, 19-inch rack mounted assembly with a control keypad and LCD display.

The normal operation of the unit consists of two decisions, namely the desired mode and the desired target. The operator simply selects the mode and the target name. To achieve this level of automation, previous Setup decisions need to be made and loaded into the unit. The Setup, Frequency, and Preset menus contain the majority of these decisions. For more detailed information on system setup parameters, see “SECTION 5 - Setup” on page 5-1.

2.1 START UP PROCEDURE

The system requires AC power at the ACU and at the PDU for normal operation.

The ACU power switch is located at the left front corner of the chassis. This switch will power the entire ACU provided the power cord is plugged into the receptacle at the ACU rear panel.

The PDU requires a single-phase AC voltage source.

After power has been applied to the ACU and PDU, check the status and fault windows at the ACU for verification of correct system power up.

WARNING THE AC VOLTAGES SUPPLIED TO THIS SYSTEM ARE HARMFUL! PLEASE EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION!

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 1

Page 22: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.1.1 Power Up Screens

COPYRIGHT 2003 VERTEX RSI CONTROLS & STRUCTURES, A TRIPOINT GLOBAL COMPANY

Initializing Keypad

Initializing Database

Beginning Command Line Interpreter

Beginning Command Line Processing

Beginning OpTrack Task

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 2

Page 23: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.2 NORMAL OPERATION

The ACU, system computer and manual control unit listed below can provide control system monitoring to varying levels but, at any given time, only one may have control via the PDU.

• ACU

• System Computer

• Portable Maintenance Unit (PMU)

Upon initial power-up, the ACU communicates with the electronics in the PDU to determine if a PMU is in control. If control is not residing elsewhere, the ACU is given system control.

Control switching between the ACU and PMU automatically reverts the antenna to a Standby mode. The unit receiving and accepting control must then actively enter a mode to allow antenna operation.

The ACU may offer (or pass by default) control to the Portable Maintenance Unit (PMU). Selection of the Maintenance mode from the ACU will result in the PMU being offered control. If the PMU accepts, other units are precluded from taking control until control is released. The control functions of the PMU are intentionally designed to be independent of the ACU and position loop closure electronics are embedded in the PDU. Therefore, a power loss in either the ACU or position loop closure electronics in the PDU automatically defaults rate control to the PMU.

2.3 OPERATION UNDER EMERGENCY OR ADVERSE CONDITIONS

The system design allows for continued operation under many equipment failure scenarios. For a complete listing of fault messages and troubleshooting instructions, see Section 8.

If the ACU ceases to exhibit control over the antenna, the PMU can manually control the axes. This hand-held unit employs a 50-foot control cable and optional connection points located on the antenna structure in addition to the dedicated port at the PDU. The PMU may control the antenna by executing the Maintenance Mode or by turning off power to the ACU.

2.4 POWER SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE

The ACU ON/OFF switch is located at the front of the chassis. The single phase power cord may also be removed from the rear of the unit.

The PDU ON/OFF power switch mounted on the front of the enclosure provides means to turn off or on the power inside PDU.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 3

Page 24: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.5 ACU FRONT PANEL OPERATION

ACU front panel operation is detailed as follows.

When MORE appears on-screen, it means that the current screen contains more information than can be displayed in the 4-line LCD display. Pressing the MORE key brings up the remainder of the screen, line-by-line, into the display’s 4th line.

When FLT appears on-screen, a fault exists. Fault messages can be viewed from the Messages/Faults screen. New faults trigger the fault buzzer. Any front-panel key press will disable the fault buzzer.

The physical buttons (a.k.a. keys) directly below the LCD display are assigned to the screen control directly above them on line 4 of the display. The two types of screen controls that can be assigned to these buttons are called “toggle buttons” and “pushbuttons”. These controls always appear in brackets. Toggle buttons are used to change an ACU parameter value by allowing the operator to cycle through a list of acceptable values by repeatedly pressing the associated button. Pushbuttons are used to either open a new screen or to perform some action. For push buttons that activate an action, the brackets will flash off for five seconds. If the brackets do not flash, then the action was not performed. Certain actions can only be performed under certain operational conditions.

Certain screen controls will “come and go” based on screen selections and/or operational conditions. For example, turning Polarization OFF in the Setup/General screen will cause the POL position display to vanish and the [POL] push button to vanish from the Setup menu. Likewise, changing the RF to a circular feed can cause the Polarization to go OFF.

A block cursor indicates normal screen operation. An underline cursor indicates that the screen is currently in edit mode. The position of the cursor shows the data field that is currently being edited. Most screen operations cannot be performed while in edit mode. When in edit mode, use either the Enter key or the Escape key to return to normal operation. The Enter key will save any edit made to the data field. The Escape key will abandon the edit and return the data field to its prior value. If a screen has no editable data fields, then no cursor will display. In this case, screen operation is also considered normal.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 4

Page 25: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

During normal screen operation, the Arrow keys are used to move between all the edit fields currently displayed on-screen.

With normal operation, the Escape key causes a return to the prior screen.

Press the Help key to obtain on-screen help for the screen currently displayed.

2.5.1 ACU Internal Heater

Some ACU Models incorporate internal heaters to extend the operational temperature range. Models with heaters will have a “warm-up” LED on the front panel. When this LED is lit the heater is operational and the controller is being held in reset. Once the internal chassis temperature has reached zero degrees celsius, the controller reset is removed and boot-up proceeds.

2.5.2 Multiple Pedestal Support

Multiple pedestal support is a powerful feature that allows pre-configuration of one ACU+PDU for up to four unique antenna types. The detected antenna can be signaled by jumpers installed at the antenna or at the ACU rear panel. Type jumpers are necessary ONLY when multiple antennas are supported with a single ACU+PDU.

NOTE: Location of the type jumper determines the ACU/PDU boot sequence. Consult your system integrator to determine if Multiple Antennas are supported and how each antenna type is detected.

2.5.2.1 Antenna Type Detect at the PDU

• Verify all external antenna cabling has been connected at the PDU

• Apply power to the PDU either before or simultaneously with the ACU.

• During the ACU boot process, the antenna type information is transferred from the PDU to the ACU. The ACU then loads the matching software configuration.

2.5.2.2 Antenna Type Detect at the ACU

• Verify correct type jumper has been installed at ACU rear panel connector J7.

• Boot the ACU.

• The ACU must completely boot prior to applying power at the PDU.

• During the PDU boot process, the antenna type information is transferred from the ACU to the PDU. The PDU then loads the matching hardware configuration.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 5

Page 26: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.5.2.3 Antenna Detect Troubleshooting

Several fault conditions can occur that are specific to Multiple Antenna operation.

• Pedestal Select Invalid Fault. This fault occurs due to an incorrect boot sequence, or failure to re-boot after changing antenna type. Clear the fault by re-booting the system in the correct sequence as defined in 2.5.2.1 and 2.5.2.2 above.

2.6 ACU MENUS

See “ACU Menus (V-1038)”, Fig. 2-1 on page 2-7 and “Setup Menus (V-1039)”, Fig. 2-2 on page 2-8. There are eleven primary sub-menus, each of which are accessible directly from the main menu. The sub-menus are:

MENU DESCRIPTION

Track Operations ModePreset Operations ModeJog Operations ModeMaintenance Operations ModeStandby Operations ModeMessages Fault and Status InformationFrequency System ParametersStow Operations ModeDeploy Operations ModeCalibrate Sensor UpdateSetup System ParametersWind-up Encoder Test Mode

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 6

Page 27: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

FIGURE 2-1 ACU MENUS (V-1038)

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 7

Page 28: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

FIGURE 2-2 SETUP MENUS (V-1039)

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 8

Page 29: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

Table 2-1, “Primary ACU Menu Screens’ on page 2-9 shows the primary ACU menu screens. Additional information on each mode can be found in the paragraphs that follow.

Table 2-1: Primary ACU Menu Screens

ACCESS SOURCEMenu Computer ACU PMU Comment

Track X Track Menu Orbit Determination and Pointing Algorithm

Preset Position

X Preset Menu Stored AZ/EL/POL Commands (50)

Jog AZ/EL POL Jog Menu Cursor Position Commands for AZ/EL/POL

Maintenance X Maintenance Menu X Portable Rate Control, AZ/EL/POL

Standby X Standby Menu Disable Axis DrivesMessages X Messages Menu Fault and Status InformationFrequency X Frequency Menu Receiver SetupSetup X Setup Menu Operations OptionsStow X Stow Menu Drive Antenna To It’s Stow

LocationDeploy X Deploy Menu Drive Antenna Out Of It’s

Stow Location Calibrate X Calibrate Menu Read all Sensors and

update AZ/EL anglesWindup Windup Menu Encoder Test Function

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 9

Page 30: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.6.1 Main Menu

The Main Menu contains the following sub menus and are accessed by pressing :

• Standby• Jog• Track• Preset

• Maintenance• Messages• Frequency• Setup

• Stow• Deploy• Calibrate

• Windup

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Main Menu [Standby] [Jog] [Track] [Preset]

Help

More

Esc

Enter

More

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Main Menu [Standby] [Jog] [Track] [Preset]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Main Menu [Maint] [Messages] [Freq] [Setup]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Main Menu [Stow] [Deploy][Calibrate]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Main Menu [Windup]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 10

Page 31: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.7 STANDBY

The Standby window consists of an Execute field only. Standby mode disables all motion and clears all active modes. Some system parameters may only be changed when the ACU is in Standby mode.

2.8 JOG

This mode allows the operator to Jog the antenna using the ACU front panel’s arrow keys. Manual Jog is selectable for AZ, EL and POL (if applicable).

2.8.1 Jog Setup

The Jog screen allows the operator the ability to execute and operate Manual Jog mode. The selectable fields are as follows:

Execute - This field will execute the mode. The ARROW KEYS ACTIVE message will display on this screen in response to indicate that the arrow keys can now be used to move the antenna. The right and left arrow keys move azimuth CW and CCW respectively. The up and down arrow keys move elevation up and down respectively.

Slow/Fast - This toggle field sets the antenna speed. For slow, the antenna speed is 1/10 full rate. For fast, the antenna speed is full rate.

POL CW and POL CCW - When polarization control is active, these pushbutton fields allow the operator to jog the polarization axis. Since all the cursor keys are used in driving the azimuth and elevation axes when Jog mode is active, the pushbuttons are used to jog the remaining axis, .

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Standby [Execute]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Jog Rate -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 Jog ARROW KEYS ACTIVE [Slow] [Execute] [Pol CW] [Pol CCW]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 11

Page 32: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.9 TRACK

The Track Menu contains the following options:

NOTE: All tracking types may not be available on some systems.

• Optrack• Position Track• Geo Track• Steptrack• INTELSAT• Table Track• Memory Track• Norad Track• Satellite Track

The presence of a question mark at the start of the AZ, EL or POL field indicates that the field is not editable. Track type selected at this screen determines which fields are editable. refer to “SECTION 4 - Tracking” on page 4-1

2.10 PRESET

The Preset Position menu contains 50 selectable AZ/EL/POL positions. Execution of the Preset Position mode relocates the antenna to a position defined by the stored positions. Upon mode execution, the ACU performs a range check of the data set to verify it is within the travel range of the antenna. The antenna is then driven at slew velocity in both axes simultaneously to the commanded coordinates. Each Preset Position can be assigned to any configuration set (1, 50). Enter is used to execute the displayed data set.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Preset -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 Preset 1 Az 180.00 El 10.00 Pol 1.0 [Execute] [Pol ON ] [Store]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 12

Page 33: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.10.1 Preset Position Setup

The Preset screen allows positions to be defined, stored and assigned a number.

The selectable fields are as follows:

Preset # - This recalls Azimuth, Elevation and optional POL angles for the displayed set number. Up/Down arrow keys can be used to access sequential preset numbers.

Store - This field assigns the window's currently displayed parameters to any Preset number desired (1, 50).

Execute - This field will execute the mode.

Azimuth Data - This field allows the azimuth angle value to be entered.

Elevation Data - This field allows the elevation angle value to be entered.

Polarization Data - This field allows the Polarization angle value to be entered.

Polarization - This toggle field allows the polarization mode to be entered (for polarization systems). Valid options are ON,OFF.

2.11 MAINTENANCE

The Maintenance window consists of an Execute field only. The keystroke Enter will allow transfer of control to the Portable Maintenance Unit (PMU).

0.00 0.00 0.0 Maint -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Maintenance [Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 13

Page 34: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.12 MESSAGES

The Message Menu allows the operator to view all current Fault and Status messages. For a complete listing of Standard Status Messages, see Section 6, "Standard Status Messages" on page 6-1. For a complete listing of Standard Fault Messages,see Section 8.5, "Fault Messages" on page 8-5. Fault and Status messages may be latched to capture short duration or intermittent events. Fault latching can be toggled ON/OFF from the Setup/General Setup menu. To remove a latched fault message, select Acknowledge Fault.

2.12.1 Fault Latching

Fault Latching is located at the Setup/General Setup menu. This parameter, when set ON, causes the fault messages to be continually displayed until acknowledged by the operator. If the fault is axis disabling, the axes will remain disabled until the fault is acknowledged. Fault Latching is set to ON to allow the operator to record intermittent or short duration faults. In un-manned situations, Fault Latching can be set to OFF to allow quick recovery from a fault condition. Latched faults may be acknowledged at the front panel of the ACU or remotely via the host computer.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 Messages [Status] [Faults]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 Status LOW SIGNAL PMU AVAILABLE

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Faults LOAD SITE LOCATION COMPASS LINK DOWN [Ack Faults]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 17:59:17 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:SFault latching [ ON]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 14

Page 35: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.13 FREQUENCY

The Frequency Screen is used to select the RF Parameters for the current target of interest. See Section 5.3, "RF Setup" on page 5-4 for additional Tracking Receiver parameters.

2.13.1 Low Signal Threshold

Low Signal Threshold – This is entered in dB. If the received signal strength falls below this parameter, a LOW SIGNAL alarm is issued. If the ACU is in Steptrack mode and the Low Signal Threshold is reached, Steptrack will stop and the system will revert to STANDBY mode. If the ACU is in Optrack mode and the Low Signal Threshold is reached, Optrack will continue to operate only if sufficient valid tracking data has been previously gathered. Refer to Section 4.1, "Optrack" on page 4-1 for a description of Optrack operation with signal loss. “Pointing Only” tracking modes such as Intelsat or Table Track are not affected by the Low Signal alarm.

2.13.2 Signal Offset

Used to shift the displayed signal strength. Value is in dB.

2.13.3 Frequency Parameter

Frequency - Set this parameter to match the beacon signal used for tracking. Value is in GHz.

NOTE: For systems with Feed Status Switches: Failure to enter a frequency matching the installed feed will result in a Band Conflict Fault.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLTFrequency 3.40000 GHz Offset 0.0 dB Low Signal -10.0dB [Pol A]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLTFrequency 3.40000 GHz Offset 0.0 dB Low Signal -10.0dB [Pol B]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 15

Page 36: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.13.4 Receiver –1 / Receiver – 2 Select

This parameter is valid for ACU’s containing dual internal L-Band or 70 MHz receiver modules. A toggle function selects either RCVR-1 or RCVR-2. If RCVR-1 is selected, then the displayed signal strength is generated from the A2 receiver card. If RCVR-2 is selected, then the displayed signal strength is generated from the A7 receiver card. All RF parameters found in the Frequency and Setup/RF Setup menus apply to each receiver card.

2.14 STOW

Stow mode is optional and is not present on all antennas. The Stow screen allows execution of Stow mode. Once executed, Stow goes through a specific sequence of antenna movement. Text on the Stow screen shows the progress of the Stow sequence. There are two available types of Stow, Position and 240MVO. Each Stow type is described in the following text.

2.14.1 240MVO Stow

The 240MVO antenna stows in a “clamshell” configuration for transport. Not all antennas support this method of stowing. 240MVO Stow is accomplished by the following sequence. First, azimuth is driven to the center of the azimuth travel range. The screen displays “AZ Stow” during this portion of the Stow sequence. If the RF feed in place has a polarization drive, the POL axis is commanded to the CCW travel limit. The elevation axis is held disabled.

Once the desired AZ position is reached, as indicated by the occurrence of the AZ STOW ALIGNED status message, and the POL position is reached, as indicated by the presence of the POL STOWED status message, (if applicable based on the RF feed) then these axes are disabled and the elevation axis is driven down. The screen displays “EL Stow” during this portion of the Stow sequence. The stow relays in the PDU bypass the elevation lower limit when Azimuth and POL are in the stow position. Once the antenna is below the Elevation limit, the Azimuth axis is disabled via the travel limits. The fault messages associated with the limits are masked in software during the stow sequence.

As the antenna descends and gets near the trailer platform, the EL VELOCITY LIMIT status indication should occur. In response, the elevation drive slows to 1/10 speed and the elevation torque limit is automatically reduced. The antenna will continue to drive downward in elevation until the dish is firmly seated onto the trailer. The screen displays “EL Stowing” during this portion of the Stow sequence.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Stow [Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 16

Page 37: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

As the antenna is depressed into the stow pad, the drive torque increases to the reduced limit, which trips the stowed status. The ANTENNA STOWED status message is displayed. In response, the elevation drive is disabled. From that point on, the screen displays “Stowed”.

The Stow algorithm monitors each stage in the sequence. If it detects an error, it triggers an appropriate fault message and aborts the Stow sequence. The screen displays “Stow Fail” under this circumstance. The possible fault messages related to Stow operation are as follows. See Section 8.5, "Fault Messages" on page 8-5 for a detailed description.

• PREMATURE STOW

• STOWED OFF TARGET

• EL VEL LIMIT ERR

• STOW INCOMPLETE

Executing Stow mode commands the antenna to factory-defined stow encoder positions.

2.14.2 TSM305 STOW

The TSM305 antenna stows in a “clamshell” configuration for transport. TSM305 Stow executes the following sequence. First, Elevation is commanded to 45 degrees. If the RF feed has a polarization drive, POL is commanded to the CCW travel limit causing a “POL STOWED” status message. Once EL and POL have reached their positions, AZ is driven CW. When AZ reaches 180 degrees (mechanical) the “AZ STOW ALIGNED” status message occurs. Stow relay logic in the PDU bypasses the EL DN Limit when Azimuth Stow Align and POL Stowed occur, allowing EL to be driven down to approximately –50 degrees where the auto-stowed switch activates. The status message “Auto Stow Complete” signals the end of the stow sequence. The antenna can then be re-deployed or handcranked into the transport position.

2.14.3 4.6M DMC STOW

The 4.6M DMC antenna stows in a “clamshell” configuration for transport. 4.6M DMC Stow executes the following sequence. First, POL is commanded to the CCW travel limit causing a “POL STOWED” status message. Once POL reaches it’s stow position, AZ is driven to the trailer centerline. The ACU screen displays “AZ Stow” during this portion of the stow sequence. Once AZ centerline is reached, “AZ STOW ALIGNED” status message occurs and Elevation automatically drives to 22.5 degrees.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 17

Page 38: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

When 22.5 degrees is reached, EL pauses, allowing the operator time to remove the main reflector “wings”. The ACU then allows “Proceed” to be executed, causing EL to continue driving down to –45 degrees. Stow relay logic in the PDU bypasses the EL DN Limit when Azimuth Stow Align and POL Stowed occur. When –45 degrees is reached, EL stow pauses again, allowing the operator time to affix the antenna upper wing locks and raise the feed boom support bracket. The ACU then allows “Proceed” to be executed, causing EL to continue driving down to the stowed position. “EL Velocity Limit” message is displayed as the velocity limit switch is passed, causing the antenna to slow to 1/10 speed. The status message “Stowed” signals the end of the stow sequence.

2.14.4 Position Stow

Position Stow drives the antenna to factory defined AZ, EL, and POL stow positions. Each axis is disabled once it reaches the stow position.

2.15 DEPLOY

Deploy mode is optional and is not present on all antennas. Deploy mode is used with 240MVO type antennas.

The Deploy screen allows execution of Deploy mode. Once executed, Deploy mode drives the antenna up into the operational region of the antenna to a point 5 degrees above the lower elevation limit. Text displays on the Deploy screen showing the progress of the deployment sequence. “Off Target” will display when Deploy mode is driving to position. “Deployed” will display when it has reached its final position.

Immediately upon Deploy mode execution, the ACU performs auto-calibration using the auto-calibration sensors (GPS, compass and clinometer). If any sensor is not operational, the auto-calibration procedure will be aborted and the CALIBRATION FAIL fault message will display. This does not affect deployment but merely acts to inform the operator that auto-calibration did not occur. Once deployed, execution of any other mode will cause this fault message to clear. See Section 8.5, "Fault Messages" on page 8-5 for a detailed description.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Deploy [Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 18

Page 39: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

2.16 CALIBRATE

Calibrate mode updates AZ and EL encoder offsets so that the displayed AZ and EL angles are true for the current antenna location.

Executing Calibrate mode causes the ACU to read all installed Auto-Calibration sensors (GPS, Compass, and Tilt). Calibrate mode also applies any additional operator provided data such as Site Location, Compass Heading, Compass Mark Angle, EL Encoder Offset, and Magnetic Variance. See Section 3.3, "Manual Calibration" on page 3-5.

2.17 WINDUP

Windup is a special Encoder Test mode. See Section 8.6, "Wind-Up Test" on page 8-11 for more information on this function.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Main Menu [Stow] [Deploy] [Calibrate]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 Windup test [Execute] Windup Az 0.000 El 0.000

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 19

Page 40: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 2 - Operating

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 2 - 20

Page 41: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 3 - Site Setup

SECTION 3 - SITE SETUP3 SITE-TO-SITE SETUP PROCEDURE

When the antenna is moved to a new operational location, the Control System must be initialized for proper operation. The following discussion details system setup and auto-calibration sensor operation. Refer to Appendix B - 123T/240MVO for the 240MVO antenna “quick setup” procedure and Appendix C - 123T/LHGXA for the LHGXA Antenna Setup procedure.

3.1 AUTO-CALIBRATION WITH GPS, COMPASS, AND TILT SENSORS

Auto-calibration orients the antenna at its new location. Deploy or Calibrate mode must be executed to complete the auto-calibrate sequence.

Upon arrival at the new site, the system should be powered ON and all auto-calibration sensors should be verified. These sensors can be monitored via the Messages/Status, Messages/Faults and Setup/Calib screen.

3.1.1 GPS Operation

Communication between the ACU and GPS Receiver should be verified by observing the absence of the ACU-GPS LINK DOWN fault message in the Messages/Faults screen.

The GPS sensor can take up to 20 minutes to acquire a valid site location. Until the acquisition process is complete, the GPS DATA UNAVAIL message will appear on the Messages/Status screen. Do not attempt to deploy or calibrate the antenna until this message clears.

The GPS antenna must have a clear view of the sky. Obstructions rising higher than 20 degrees from the GPS antenna may interfere with the GPS signal, causing the GPS DATA UNAVAIL message. GPS data is not required after Deploy/Calibrate has been executed.

GPS signal acquisition should be observed a few times so that the operator becomes familiar with the process. GPS Status and Quality feedback can be observed at the Setup/Calib screen, allowing the operator to monitor GPS activity. When the GPS quality value climbs to an acceptable value, the GPS DATA UNAVAIL message will automatically clear.

The Magnetic Variance offsets are applied to the AZ encoder during auto-calibration. Magnetic Variance is calculated by the ACU from site location information generated by the GPS receiver.

If the GPS signal is unavailable for auto-calibration, manually enter your site location and current GMT time as described in Section 3.3, "Manual Calibration" on page 3-5.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 3 - 1

Page 42: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 3 - Site Setup

The [GPS RESET] pushbutton at the Setup/Calib screen can be used to software-reset the GPS Receiver.

3.1.2 Clinometer Operation

Clinometer operation can be observed at the Setup/Calib menu. “Tilt Fwd/Back” and “Tilt R/L” display the current antenna attitude. If these values are non-zero and they intuitively match the observable slant of the trailer platform, then the clinometer is operating correctly.

NOTE: Pedestal tilts greater than 10 degrees in the X or Y axes may result in degraded system performance.

Adjust the antenna leveling or stabilizing jacks to achieve tilt within +/- 5 degrees if possible.

3.1.3 Compass Operation

Antenna orientation can be determined using a manual or electronic compass. The compass heading is assumed to be coincident with either the RF line of sight, or more commonly with the main axis of the antenna trailer, depending upon the specific system design.

Compass readings are used by the 123T control system to calculate the antenna’s azimuth look angle.

The ultimate accuracy of any compass depends upon several factors including:

1. Magnetic field disturbances (Static, Induced, and Time Varying)

2. Tilt errors (compass tilt that exceeds specification).

Static magnetic field disturbances are caused by proximity to permanent magnets or conductors carrying DC current. Induced magnetic field disturbances are caused by proximity to soft iron or common steel. Time varying magnetic field disturbances can result from any unshielded electrical device. Isolating the compass from these sources reduces their effect on compass accuracy.

Tilt errors occur when the compass is not level with respect to the earth’s surface.

The 123T Antenna Control System supports the following compass options:

• KVH-C100

• True North

• Manual

• None

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 3 - 2

Page 43: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 3 - Site Setup

Consult your system documentation to determine the installed compass type.

3.1.4 KVH-C100 Compass Overview

The KVH-C100 Compass has a tilt specification of +/- 16 degrees. Compass accuracy is reduced when compass tilt exceeds 16 degrees from level. The KVH-C100 compass is typically mounted in (or on) the antenna main reflector and the compass is nominally level at the main reflector STOW position. This allows for simultaneous compass reading and system calibration upon execution of DEPLOY mode. The magnetic angle returned by the compass is assumed to be coincident with the trailer centerline. Compass information generated after DEPLOY cannot be used by the control system.

3.1.4.1 KVH-C100 Compass Operation

Verify PDU-Compass communication, as indicated by the absence of the COMPASS LINK DOWN fault message. Open the Setup/Calib screen and observe the Compass Heading feedback. Verify Compass operation by cross-checking the Heading feedback against a Hand-Held compass (if available). Compass Noise Score and Environment Count are available at the Setup/Calib screen for KVH-C100 Compass option. Desired values here are 7, 8 or 9. Compass Noise Score and Environment Count indicate the quality of the compass heading value.

If the Compass sensor is installed but has failed, then the Compass Mark angle parameter should be updated to produce a heading that matches measurements taken with a hand-held magnetic compass.

Table 3-1: Compass Noise Score

NOISE SCORE HEADING ACCURACY

9 +/- 0.5 degrees8 +/- 1.0 degrees7 +/- 2.0 degrees6 +/- 4.0 degrees5 +/- 8.0 degrees

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 3 - 3

Page 44: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 3 - Site Setup

3.1.5 True North Compass Overview

The True North Compass has a tilt specification of +/- 40 degrees. Compass accuracy is reduced when compass tilt exceeds 40 degrees from level. The True North compass is typically mounted in (or on) the antenna main reflector and the compass is nominally level at an Elevation look angle of 45 degrees. This allows accurate readings and system calibration to occur at any Elevation angle from 5 to 85 degrees. Systems containing the True North compass option have a separate “Calibrate” mode. Executing “Calibrate” captures the current compass reading and updates the Azimuth look angle calculation.

Compass heading feedback is displayed at the Setup/Calibrate menu. Compass operation can be verified by cross-checking the heading feedback against a hand-held compass (if available). The compass heading is always coincident with the RF line of sight.

If the Compass sensor is installed but has failed, then the Compass Mark angle parameter should be updated to produce a heading that matches measurements taken with a hand-held magnetic compass.

3.1.6 Manual Compass Heading

If no compass sensor is installed, then the Compass Heading can be manually input at the Setup/Calibrate menu. The compass heading is typically taken along a line-of-sight that is coincident with the trailer centerline using a hand-held “needle” type unit.

3.2 AUTO-CALIBRATION EXECUTION

After GPS, Compass, and Tilt sensor operation has been verified, Deploy or Calibrate mode can be executed. Azimuth and Elevation encoder offsets are calculated by the control system based upon the calibration sensors. The Azimuth and Elevation positions (displayed at the ACU front panel) are calculated as follows:

Displayed AZ Pos. = Raw AZ Encoder Pos. + AZ Encoder Offset.

Where: AZ Encoder Offset = (Compass Angle + Compass Mark Angle + Magnetic Variance + AZ Tilt compensation)

NOTE: For level platforms, AZ Tilt compensation is zero. AZ Encoder Offset is recalculated each time Deploy/Calibrate mode is executed.

Displayed EL Pos. = Raw EL Encoder Pos. + EL Encoder Offset + EL Tilt compensation.

NOTE: The EL Encoder Offset is static, only the EL Tilt compensation changes upon Deploy/Calibrate.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 3 - 4

Page 45: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 3 - Site Setup

3.3 MANUAL CALIBRATION

Manual Calibration is the process of manually entering Site Location and/or compass data. Manual Calibration is required on any system not containing a full suite of sensors (GPS, Compass, and Tilt). Manual Calibration is also required if any auto-calibration sensor fails. Executing Deploy or Calibrate mode completes the calibration process.

3.3.1 Site Location

If GPS is not installed, or GPS failure has occurred, Site LAT and LON will need to be manually input by the operator at the Setup/General Setup menu. LON must be entered in degrees East. After entering Lat/Lon, execute “Set Site” to accept the input. Site location can only be updated when the system is in Standby mode.

3.3.2 Date and Time

Date and Time are automatically set by the GPS. If GPS is not installed, or GPS failure has occurred, Date and Time may be manually input by the operator at the Setup/General Setup menu. Date and Time are based upon Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). After entering Date and Time, execute “Set Time” to accept the input. Date and Time can only be set when the system is in Standby mode.

Operational note: Intelsat, Norad, Memory, and Table Track require accurate Date and Time. Optrack, Steptrack, GEO, and Position Track do not require accurate Date and Time.

3.3.3 Tilt

Manual entry of antenna tilt is not available. Recovery from tilt sensor failure is as follows:

1. Disconnect the tilt sensors at PDU connector J4. This will drive the tilt readings to zero.

2. Level the antenna as closely as possible using a bubble level.

3. Replace the tilt sensors when available.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 3 - 5

Page 46: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 3 - Site Setup

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 3 - 6

Page 47: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

SECTION 4 - TRACKING4 TRACKING OVERVIEW

The 123T antenna control system provides several tracking modes designed to support a wide variety of missions and antenna hardware. Generally, Optrack provides the best tracking performance and has the easiest operator setup. Optrack is the 123T’s “Primary” tracking mode. Antennas with poor position feedback should use Steptrack or Memory Track.

Tracking modes can be categorized as “Active signal peaking” or “Position only tracking”. Active signal peaking modes (Optrack, Steptrack, and Memory Track) use algorithms to actively maximize receive signal strength, typically by commanding small antenna movements and recording the corresponding signal change. Position Only tracking modes (Norad, Intelsat, and Table Track) drive the antenna to calculated Azimuth and Elevation positions generated from equations and operator input data. Norad, Intelsat, and Table Track do not require RF signal input for operation.

There are two “hybrid” tracking modes, GEO and Position. GEO Track allows input of the satellite LON as a tracking start position, automatically performs a search scan, then executes either Optrack (if enabled) or Steptrack.

Position Track is the same as GEO, except Position allows input of satellite AZ and EL predict angles for the tracking start position.

“Satellite” Track allows choice of 1 to 10 pre-configured satellite targets from a satellite database listing. Any tracking mode (Optrack, Steptrack, Memory Track, Norad, Intelsat, Table Track, Position or GEO) can be preset into the satellite database.

4.1 OPTRACK

Optrack is the Model 123T ACU’s primary tracking mode. It provides for AZ, EL, and POL tracking of geosynchronous targets. Tracking data is gathered, normally via Steptrack, and stored. This data is used to form an ephemeris model. The combination of active tracking data and ephemeris model is used to optimally position the antenna in the presence of wind, fade and other disturbances.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [Optrack ] [Pos Pol][Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 1

Page 48: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

The standard Optrack sequence is as follows. Optrack begins (step) tracking on a new satellite. Continuous tracking occurs for approximately 10 minutes. Steptrack then continues tracking at periodic intervals of not greater than 10 minutes for the first one or two hours. The frequency of tracking during this period is primarily determined by the satellite dynamics, with higher dynamics requiring more frequent tracking. After this period, Optrack has sufficient information to begin dynamically estimating the satellite position, resulting in greatly improved tracking stability and accuracy. Loss of signal at this time causes Optrack to continue to estimate the trajectory for 30 minutes. As data gathering continues, the accuracy and longevity of the predictions increase with significant improvements occurring at 12 and 24 hours. After 24 hours of data, ephemeris extrapolation is valid for 72 hours without further data.

Optrack status messages (OPTRACK 12HRS GOOD and OPTRACK 24HRS GOOD) will display to indicate when the Optrack process has stored 12+ hours and 24+ hours of tracking data respectively. The typical scenario is for Optrack to start with a "clean slate" and thus these messages should occur at the 12 and 24 hour mark. Atypical scenarios will occur when Optrack mode is exited and reentered. The time space between Optrack mode actions creates "holes" in the internal Optrack tracking data table. The algorithm has logic to deal with the non-continuous data table created by these "holes" and the 12HRS GOOD and 24HRS GOOD status will still occur if sufficient data exists to offset these "data holes". The operator should be aware of the fact that even though Optrack has been used for 24+hours, the 24HRS GOOD message may not occur until some time later if an operational action has caused "holes" in the data table.

There are three conditions that will cause automatic clearing of stored optrack data. First, if Optrack is executed after entering a new AZ/EL position coordinate that is greater than 2 beam widths away from the last stored optrack data point, then any Optrack data previously gathered will be automatically cleared by the control. Second, if Optrack is executed and the 24 Hours Valid Data message has not occured, then existing optrack data will be automatically cleared if more than one hour has elapsed from the last stored data point. Third, if more than 14 days have elapsed from the last stored data point, the Optrack data will automatically be cleared.

Unusual tracking conditions may require the operator to manually clear the Optrack data set before the Optrack mode can be made active. To clear the existing Optrack data set, select Setup/Track and execute “Clear”.

It is good practice to manually clear Optrack data upon satellite changeover when using Optrack on multiple satellites.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 2

Page 49: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

Certain Optrack fault and status messages may highlight the need to clear the Optrack data. The OPTRACK DATA OLD message indicates that it has been a long time since Optrack has been used to track the satellite whose tracking data Optrack currently has stored. The time period associated with this message is a function of how much tracking data exists. The maximum tracking data stored covers a 3 day period and under this scenario would take 9 days of being idle for this message to appear. The basic rule is 3 days for every 1 day of tracking data. The OPTRACK TBL ERR and OPTRACK DATA ERR faults indicate that unexpected data points have been found in the tracking table. These faults should not occur under normal circumstances. Certain events like time changes made by the operator, unstable position feedback or Optrack operation on multiple satellites are typically checked first to troubleshoot these fault messages.

All messages in the prior paragraph will clear once the Optrack data set has been manually cleared.

4.1.1 Backup Track Mode

This parameter is not active on all systems. If active, it can be found at the Setup/General Setup menu. Backup Tracking modes are operator selectable, and command the control to Optrack, Memtrack, or Standby in the event AZ or EL axis velocities exceed 50% of slew speed during a Optrack or Memtrack operation.

4.1.2 Optrack Execution

Stand-alone Optrack mode can be executed from the Track menu. Optrack mode (by itself) does not have an automatic search Scan if the satellite beacon signal is not present. When executing Optrack, the assumption is made that the antenna has been pre-positioned close enough to the satellite beam center so that the received signal is above the Low Signal Threshold. Satellite acquisition by search Scan can be achieved by executing GEO or POSITION Track. Each of these tracking modes executes a search scan if the satellite beacon signal is below the Low Signal Threshold setting.

4.2 POSITION TRACK

Position Track is a hybrid tracking mode which allows entry of AZ, EL, and (optional) POL starting Coordinates. Upon execution, the antenna will drive to the starting coordinates. When the antenna arrives at the start coordinates, the control enters Optrack if a signal is found that is above the low signal threshold. If the signal is not above low signal threshold, then the control will enter BOX SCAN mode. See Section 4.10.1, "Box Scan" on page 4-9 for a description. Position Track is executed by selecting “Position” at the Track menu.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [Position ] [Pos Pol][Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 3

Page 50: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

4.3 GEO TRACK

Geo Track is a second hybrid tracking mode which is identical to Position Track with two exceptions. First, Satellite Longitude is entered instead of Satellite AZ/EL (The LON parameter only exists when GEO Track is selected). The control automatically computes AZ/EL starting coordinates based upon this longitude. Second, additional POL options are available. If POL is commanded to ON, then three POL choices exist. They are “POS POL”, “VERT POL” and “HORZ POL”. If POS POL is selected, then the POL angle field becomes editable and the operator can specify a starting POL angle. If VERT POL or HORZ POL is selected, then the starting POL position is determined using the satellite longitude and polarization type (Horizontal or Vertical).

Upon execution of GEO Track, the antenna moves to the starting position and enters either Optrack or Box Scan as described in Section 4.2, "Position Track" on page 4-3. Geo Track is executed by selecting “Geo” at the Track menu.

4.4 STEPTRACK

Steptrack is one of the Model 123T ACU’s secondary tracking modes. It is normally used only as part of Optrack’s data gathering sequence. It can, however, be executed as a stand-alone tracking mode when there is a problem with the encoder pickoffs which prohibit optrack from developing an accurate model of the satelite ephemeris.

4.5 INTELSAT

The INTELSAT mode provides selection of the desired target via Operator Input INTELSAT II data set. The INTELSAT data may be changed in the Setup/INTELSAT menu. INTELSAT mode requires accurate Latitude and Longitude site location parameters for proper operation. INTELSAT data can be further adjusted to compensate for low look angle effects by setting Refract ON in the Setup/General Setup menu (see Section 4.5.2, "Refract Correction" on page 4-5).

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [Geo ] [Pos Pol][Execute]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [Steptrac ] [Pos Pol][Execute]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [Intelsat ] [Pos Pol][Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 4

Page 51: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

4.5.1 INTELSAT Setup

The INTELSAT Setup window allows selection and entry of the INTELSAT parameters. The selectable fields follow.

Store - This saves the current INTELSAT data. (Unlike most ACU parameters, the Intelsat values are not loaded immediately upon operator entry. This is because they must be loaded as a set and verified against a LAT and LON “check values”).

Erase - This field clears all of the INTELSAT parameters.

INTELSAT Parameters - LM0, LM1, LM2, LONC, LONC1, LONS LONS1, LATC, LATC1, LATS, and LATS1 are the parameters provided by INTELSAT to describe the orbital ephemeris.

Epoch - This field lists the time used to compute the reference INTELSAT answer used to verify the INTELSAT data set.

Check LAT and LON - These fields represent the INTELSAT reference answer at the time Hours After Epoch. Correct values are required to enter an INTELSAT set.

4.5.2 Refract Correction

This parameter enables the Refraction Correction algorithm, which adjusts the antenna look angle to correct for atmospheric refraction of the RF path at low look angles. This is useful when using Table Track or INTELSAT Track modes. When enabled, the displayed elevation angle will include the refraction corrections. Refract Correction is found in the Setup/General Setup menu.

4.6 TABLE TRACK

Table Track mode exists primarily to allow an operator to manually input time-tagged AZ/EL position angle data points. The table is capable of storing up to 144 points per axis. These data points can represent an ephemeris and the filled table then could be used for Stand-alone tracking. The data points can also be used as an easy way to program multiple satellite locations for automatic positioning requirements. The operator may command the mode to derive linearly interpolated position commands between table values to continuously position the antenna.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [TabTrack ] [Pos Pol][Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 5

Page 52: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

4.6.1 Table Track Setup

The Table Track Setup window (Setup/Table) allows selection and entry of the time-tagged data points. The selectable fields are defined as follows.

Erase - This field deletes the entire contents of the Table Track data table set currently displayed.

Interp On - This field toggles the interpolate function ON/OFF. If the interpolate is ON, the movement between time-tagged data points is linear. If the interpolate is OFF, the ACU holds the position of the last time-tagged data point until such time that a new time-tagged data point is reached.

POL Axis - This field toggles the POL axis tracking ON/OFF.

Pt# - The table associated with table track has 144 possible points. Any of these points can be made to display on-screen by entering it’s value in this field. In addition, the arrow keys can be used, when the cursor is positioned on this field, to scroll through the table.

Table Day/H/M/S - This field selects the Julian Day (1 to 365 or 1 to 366 on leap year), Hour, Minute, and Second of the data point. The format is DD/HH/MM/SS.

Table AZ - This field allows input of the AZ angle data point. Angle positions of 0 to 359.999 may be entered.

Table EL - This field allows input of the EL angle data point. Angle position of 0 to 359.999 may be entered.

Table POL - This field allows input of the POL angle data point. Angle positions of 0 to 359.9 may be entered.

4.7 MEMORY TRACK

Memory Track mode is used for actively tracking geosynchronous satellites. It works on the principle that a geosynchronous satellite’s trajectory does not differ significantly from day to day. While tracking, the satellite’s position is stored over time. Enough position data is always maintained so that Memory Track mode knows where the satellite traveled over the course of the previous day. Memory Track mode then merely repeats yesterday’s trajectory (sidereally corrected) today.

AZ/EL tracking data is stored in the Memory Track data table. Tracking data is loaded when the ACU is in Memory Track mode. Memory Track uses Steptrack to gather data points. New data points are loaded into the table each time an active steptrack cycle completes. This “time-tagged” tracking data is used to determine the commanded position.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 6

Page 53: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

The Memory Track table is free form. This means that the points are placed in the table in order, but the points are not spaced in equal time intervals. An average of three days of tracking data storage is provided. The operator has the ability to clear the Memory Track table from the ACU console. Executing calibrate mode will also clear the memory track table. Cycling power at the ACU does not affect the Memory Track Data. There is only one Memory Track table. The operator should manually clear the Memory Track table when switching from one satellite to another.

A check is performed on all points in this data table. The basis of the check is to perform a fit to the data and then observe the “quality of fit”.

When the Memory Track table check finds poor data, it causes a fault indication. The Memory Track data collection and table check processes only when in Memory Track mode and so this message will only appear then. The indication will not clear until the data table is cleared using /Setup/Track Setup/Clear. If this fault indication exists and Memory Track mode is entered, both axes will be disabled.

The typical Memory Track operational sequence is as follows. The Memory Track table is cleared and the antenna is positioned on the satellite to be tracked. Memory Track mode is entered and maintains position on the satellite using Steptrack for a 24 hour period. After 24 hours, enough data points have been gathered by Memory Track to begin predicting the satellite. The appearance of the MEMTRACK AVAILABLE status message indicates that Memory Track has enough data in the table to make valid predictions. At the point, tracking performance improves since steptracking is required less frequently; only enough to continue to gather some data to maintain the prediction capability.

4.8 NORAD TRACK

This mode generates pointing angles that dynamically command the trajectory of a NORAD object as defined by a NORAD two-line element set. NORAD mode requires accurate Latitude and Longitude site location parameters for proper operation. The 123T ACU can store up to ten NORAD data sets. Due to the complexity of the NORAD elements, each data set must be loaded from a supervisory computer. There are no provisions for hand entry of NORAD data from the ACU front panel keypad. NORAD data sets can be selected from the TRACK menu by soft-key toggle function.

4.9 SATELLITE TRACK

“Sat” tracking mode can be executed from the Track menu. Sat tracking allows the choice of 1 to 10 pre-configured satellite targets from a satellite database listing.

Refer to Section 5.11, "Satellite Database" on page 5-8 for more information.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track AZ=? 0.00 El=? 0.00 Pol=? 0.00 [Sat ][SATNAME 1][Pos Pol][Execute]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 7

Page 54: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

4.10 SATELLITE ACQUISITION

Geo Track mode is recommended for first-time satellite acquisition. Geo Track requires input of the satellite LON, Beacon Frequency, and Low Signal Threshold. Automatic SCAN mode occurs if the satellite is not at the initial prediction point.

A word of caution concerning the Low Signal Threshold found at the Freq screen. This value must be set properly in order for the satellite acquisition logic that is a part of Geo Track to work. It must be set so that when the antenna is positioned on the noise floor, a LOW SIGNAL status message occurs, and when the antenna is positioned on a satellite signal rising above the noise floor, the LOW SIGNAL message is not displayed. If the noise floor changes from site-to-site, this parameter may need to be adjusted.

Geo track mode drives to the AZ/EL position associated with the entered LON. If a signal is found that is above Low Signal Threshold, Optrack begins. If a signal is not found that is above Low Signal Threshold, then the system automatically performs a box scan. It covers the full area of the box and returns to the highest signal level that it encounters, unless that signal level is less that the Low Signal Threshold. At that point, and from then on, the system begins actively tracking this satellite.

The size of the scan box is set via the Box Scan Size parameter located on the Setup/Track Setup screen. This value is the side-to-side box size in degrees. Setting this value too large can mean a long wait for satellite acquisition while the box scan takes place. Setting this value too small can mean not finding the satellite at all. A number of factors come into play in determining what the box size should be including satellite inclination, compass inaccuracy and axis velocities. Experience is likely to be the best determiner of which size box you prefer to use.

Once you are positioned on a satellite, you can use that satellite to “tweak” the Azimuth and Elevation encoder offsets. This will improve pointing accuracy and make it easier to move between satellites. Refer to Section 4.10.2, "EL Encoder Offset and Compass Mark Angle" on page 4-9 for a detailed description of this procedure.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 8

Page 55: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

4.10.1 Box Scan

Box Scan is a target acquisition mode that is automatically called by either Position Track or Geo Track. Box Scan parameters are automatically calculated by the ACU, and are based upon the antenna’s beamwidth. One user-defined Box Scan parameter is available, Box Scan Size. The Box Scan Size parameter is located at the Setup/Track Setup screen. This value is the final side-to-side box size in degrees (1-20). Setting this value too large can mean a long wait for satellite acquisition while the box scan takes place. Setting this value too small can mean not finding the satellite at all. A number of factors come into play in determining what the box size should be including satellite inclination, compass inaccuracy and axis velocities. Experience is likely to be the best determiner of which size box you prefer to use.

If a signal above the low signal threshold is detected during Box Scan, then the control will return to the highest detected signal after the scan is completed and enter Optrack. If no signal (above Low Signal Threshold) is detected by the scan, then the scan will end by returning the antenna to the starting point and holding position.

4.10.2 EL Encoder Offset and Compass Mark Angle

The Antenna Control Unit applies pointing adjustments automatically each time the antenna is deployed or “Calibrate” mode is executed. (Refer to Section 2.15, "Deploy" on page 2-18 and Section 2.16, "Calibrate" on page 2-19.) The automatic adjustments are offsets generated to compensate for platform tilt (x,y), platform direction (North/South/East/West), and platform location (LAT, LON). Tilt sensors mounted to the antenna platform measure the platform’s x-y tilt, a Heading sensor is used to measure the platform’s direction, and a GPS receiver is used to measure the platform’s location. Due to inaccuracies in each sensor, (Tilt, Heading, and GPS), additional AZ/EL offsets can be manually applied to refine the antenna’s pointing angle, resulting in faster satellite acquisitions. The adjustments are typically applied through the Elevation Encoder Offset parameter (Setup/EL Setup menu, and the Compass Mark Angle parameter (Setup/Calib menu).

NOTE: The EL encoder offset and Azimuth mark angle adjustments are held in non-volatile memory. These parameters will modify the antenna’s pointing angle at each deployment or Calibration.

Adjustment of these parameters should be attempted ONLY after all other antenna installation steps have been completed and all RF equipment has been installed. The adjustment procedure is as follows:

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 9

Page 56: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 4 - Tracking

Find a satellite with know AZ and EL look angle for your site location. The satellite should be greater then 10 degrees above the horizon to avoid effects from atmospheric refraction. Peak the signal, then compare the known position with the displayed Azimuth and Elevation coordinates. Apply an Elevation Encoder Offset to make the displayed Elevation angle match the known Elevation position. Calculate a Compass Mark angle adjustment that will make the displayed Azimuth angle match the known Azimuth position.

NOTE: The ACU must be in Standby Mode before a mark angle change will be accepted.

Enter, then store the mark angle. The displayed Azimuth angle will not change until the antenna has been re-Calibrated. Calibration can be executed in two different ways, dependant upon the antenna type being used.

• For 240MVO antennas, re-Calibration occurs when Deploy mode is executed. Stow the antenna, then re-deploy to the satellite of interest.

• For non-240MVO antennas, Execute Calibrate mode.

The control system should now rapidly peak the signal. Refer to your Site Acceptance test procedure for more information on this procedure.

Azimuth and Elevation encoder adjustments have greatest utility if they are recalculated each time the antenna is moved.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 4 - 10

Page 57: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

SECTION 5 - SETUP5 SETUP

The Setup Menu contains the following options:

NOTE: Some menus may not be available dependent upon the system configuration.

• General Setup• Track Setup• RF Setup• Actions

• AZ Setup• EL Setup• Table

• Intelsat Menu• Calibration• Version Screen

• Satellite Database

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Setup [General] [Track] [RF] [Actions]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Setup [AZ] [El] [Table]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Setup [Intelsat] [Calib] [Version]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Setup [Satellite]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 1

Page 58: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

5.1 GENERAL SETUP

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 17:59:17 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:S[Set Time] Date 01:09:2000 M:D:Y

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 17:59:17 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:SFault latching [OFF]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 17:59:17 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:SFault latching [ ON]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 17:59:17 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:S[Set Site] Lon 88.00 [W] Lat 48.00 [N]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 17:59:17 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:S[Set Site] Lon 88.00 [E] Lat 48.00 [S]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 2

Page 59: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

This menu allows the following actions:

• Set Site Location and Time (Refer to Section 3.3, "Manual Calibration" on page 3-5).

• Turn Fault Latching On/Off (Refer to Section 2.12.1, "Fault Latching" on page 2-14).

• Turn Refract Correction On/Off (Refer to Section 4.5.2, "Refract Correction" on page 4-5).

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 18:00:00 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:SRefract Correct [OFF]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT General Setup 18:00:00 MORE Time 17:59:13 H:M:SRefract Correct [ON ]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 3

Page 60: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

5.2 TRACK SETUP

This menu allows the following actions:

• Set the Box Scan Size (Refer to Section 4.10.1, "Box Scan" on page 4-9).

• Clear existing Optrack data (Refer to Section 4.1, "Optrack" on page 4-1).

5.3 RF SETUP

This menu allows the following actions:

• Set the L.O. Frequency(Refer to Section 5.12, "LO Frequency" on page 5-9).

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Track Setup Box Scan Size 6.0 [Clear]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT RF Setup MORE RF Bandwidth [4.0 kHz]

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT RF Setup MORE Band 1 Range 3.400 GHz to 4.200 GHz

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT RF Setup MORE Band 1 BDC Freq 2.450 GHz

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 4

Page 61: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

• Band 1 BDC Freq 2.450 GHz

• Band 2 BDC Freq 6.300 GHz

• Band 3 BDC Freq 10.000 GHz

• Band 4 BDC Freq 10.500 GHz

• Band 5 BDC Freq 10.750 GHz

• Band 6 BDC Freq 11.250 GHz

• Band 7 BDC Freq 19.250 GHz

• Band 8 BDC Freq 19.750 GHz

• Set the RF Bandwidth (Refer to Section 5.13, "RF Bandwidth" on page 5-10).

• 4.0 kHz

• 280 kHz

• 2.5 kHz

• Band 1 Range 3.4 GHz to 4.200 GHz

• Band 2 Range 7.250 GHz to 7.750 GHz

• Band 3 Range 10.950 GHz to 11.450 GHz

• Band 4 Range 11.450 to 11.700 GHz

• Band 5 Range 11.700 GHz to 12.200 GHz

• Band 6 Range 12.200 GHz to 12.750 GHz

• Band 7 Range 20.200 GHz to 20.700 GHz

• Band 8 Range 20.700 GHz to 21.200 GHz

5.4 ACTIONS

This menu controls system parameter backup to floppy disk. See Section 8.3.1, "ACU Parameter Back-up To 3.5” Floppy Disk" on page 8-2 for instructions on this function.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Actions [Backup] [Restore]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 5

Page 62: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

5.5 AZ SETUP

5.6 EL SETUP

These menus display the current AZ and EL raw encoder feedback, and allow manual offset of the Elevation Encoder position.

5.7 TABLE

This menu allows optional Table Track data to be input. See Section 4.6.1, "Table Track Setup" on page 4-6 for more information on the Table Track function.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Az Setup Encoder Position 0.000 Degs

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT El Setup Encoder Position 0.000 Degs Encoder Offset 0.000 Degs

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLTTable Pt# Day.h.m.s Pol 1 [Execute][Interp ON ][Pol OFF]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 6

Page 63: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

5.8 INTELSAT MENU

This menu supports the optional INTELSAT tracking mode. See Section 4.5, "INTELSAT" on page 4-4 for more information on these parameters.

5.9 CALIBRATION

This screen supports monitor and control of the sensors used to auto-calibrate the antenna system. The auto-calibration sensors include the GPS receiver, the compass, and the dual-axis clinometers. See Section 3, "Site-To-Site Setup Procedure" on page 3-1 for more information on these parameters.

5.10 VERSION SCREEN

This screen displays the installed ACU software version.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Intelsat 11 Parameter Set MORELm0 201.0000 Lm1 0.0000 Lm2 0.00000

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT 0.00 0.00 0.0 MORE Calibration Tilt Fw/Back 0.00 Tilt R/L 0.00

Vertex RSI Controls and Structures Division Version: 1.305.1.55 2004/11/23 17:55:37PDU Rev: 1.23 2005/01/04 12:03:22

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 7

Page 64: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

5.11 SATELLITE DATABASE

The Satellite Database allows the operator to pre-configure up to 10 satellite targets to store for later execution. Satellite configurations can be edited in the Setup/Satellite menu. Targets are designated 1 thru 10, and have both Track and RF Data components.

5.11.1 Satellite Database – Track Data

The Satellite Database - Track Data menu allows the operator to associate a particular tracking type with each satellite preset. Any available tracking mode can be selected.

Common tracking options include Position Track, Geo Track, Intelsat, Norad Track and Table Track.

• If Position Track is selected, the initial AZ/EL/POL pointing angle to the target can be stored and automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Optrack, Memtrack, or Steptrack (depending upon system configuration) after a successful SCAN.

• If Geo Track is selected, the initial target LON can be stored and automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Optrack, Memtrack, or Steptrack (depending upon system configuration) after a successful SCAN.

• If Intelsat Track is selected, the initial AZ and EL pointing angle is calculated from the stored Intelsat data set. Automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Optrack, Memtrack, or Steptrack (depending upon system configuration) after a successful SCAN.

• If NORAD Track is selected, the initial AZ and EL pointing angle is calculated from the stored NORAD data set. Automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Optrack, Memtrack, or Steptrack (depending upon system configuration) after a successful SCAN. Any one of up to ten NORAD data sets can be selected.

• If Table Track is selected, the initial AZ/EL/POL pointing angle is calculated from the stored Table Track data set. Automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Optrack, Memtrack, or Steptrack (depending upon system configuration) after a successful SCAN.

0.00 0.00 0.0 Standby -50.0 FLT Satellite Database Sat 1 SATNAME 1 [Track Data] [RF Data]

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 8

Page 65: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

Other Tracking modes can also be attached to a Satellite preset. However, the remaining modes are less useful to the operator because they do not have the ability to specify initial pointing angles to the target.

• If MemTrack is selected, the initial AZ/EL/POL pointing angle is the current AZ/EL/POL position. Automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Memtrack after a successful SCAN.

• If Optrack is selected, the initial AZ/EL/POL pointing angle is the current AZ/EL/POL position. Automatic SCAN will occur if the beacon signal is not acquired. Tracking will default to Optrack after a successful SCAN.

5.11.2 Satellite Database – RF Data

The Satellite Database - RF Data menu allows RF parameters to be stored with each satellite preset. Each RF Data set allows the operator to specify the following:

• Satellite Beacon Frequency,

• Down Converter Local Oscillator Frequency, (Applies to Internal L-Band Receivers only)

• Low Signal Threshold,

• Signal Offset,

• Receiver Bandwidth.

5.12 LO FREQUENCY

This parameter is valid for ACU’s containing the Model 250 internal L-Band Receiver card. The LO Frequency parameter should be set to match the antenna’s BDC Local Oscillator frequency (in MHz). Consult your BDC documentation for actual LO frequency used.

The ACU uses the LO Frequency to calculate the tracking signal frequency (in L-Band).

For ACU’s with an internal 70 MHz card or external tracking receiver, this parameter is not applicable.

Up to eight LO frequencies (and associated receive band) can be predefined in a down-converter table. This feature is primarily used with multi-band antennas that contain several down-converters.

When the FREQUENCY parameter changes, the associated LO parameter automatically loads from the down-converter table, eliminating the need to hand enter the LO parameter each time a band change occurs.

Refer to Section 7, RF Options, for more information on the tracking receiver function.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 9

Page 66: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 5 - Setup

5.13 RF BANDWIDTH

This parameter allows selection of the predetection receiver bandwidth. Parameter toggles between 2.5, 4.0, and 280 kHz. Valid for VertexRSI receiver types only. Narrower bandwidths will increase the receiver’s S/N ratio. The 4.0 KHz bandwidth allows the system to track modulated beacons. The 280 KHz bandwidth allows the system to track on carriers.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 5 - 10

Page 67: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 6 - Status Messages

SECTION 6 - STATUS MESSAGES6 STANDARD STATUS MESSAGES

The following lists the status messages displayed by the ACU and reported to the System Computer.

ACU-PDU Link Reset The ACU-PDU communications were disrupted and the link was restarted. Normal operation is available. This message is normal upon power up of either unit, but is an indication of a communications problem if it occurs frequently.

Antenna Stowed The antenna is fully stowed. The final stow condition is achieved by driving the antenna into the resting pads with adequate force to prevent it from moving during transportation. When the current command (torque) exceeds the stow threshold, the drives are disabled and the antenna stowed message is displayed.

AZ Disabled, EL Disabled The AZ or EL axis is not active and the axis brake, if available, is set.

AZ Stow Aligned The azimuth axis is positioned in its stow region. At this point, the elevation axis can be driven down below the elevation travel limits and into its stow position flush with the trailer.

Battery Test Fail This ACU hardware test is performed upon power up. One or more of the power supply voltages is out of tolerance if this message appears. Return to Depot for replacement of the ACU battery.

EL Velocity Limit This message indicates that a switch has closed to inform the system that the elevation axis is at a position very near its final stow position, level with the trailer. In this region, the elevation drive scales back on its velocity so that the antenna completes the stow process by “clamshelling” snugly to the pads on the trailer.

GPS Data Unavailable The message indicates that the GPS Antenna and Receiver are not at present providing a valid site latitude and longitude. Depending on where the GPS antenna is mounted, this status message can occur during normal operation since the deployed antenna often blocks the antenna’s view of the sky. However, while stowed, this message should not exist as then the antenna must have a clear view of the sky. The exception being that for a few minutes after the system is powered ON, the GPS antenna has not yet had time to acquire the GPS constellation and this message will display until it has completed acquisition. Wait for this status message to clear before deploying the antenna.

INTELSAT Data Dated This indicates that the INTELSAT data in use is more than seven days old. INTELSAT parameters are normally updated at least weekly, and the parameters should be loaded as often as available to maintain optimum performance.

INTELSAT Data Early The present time is before the epoch time of the INTELSAT data in use. Thus, the data is not yet valid. Better performance is available with data valid for the current time.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 6 - 1

Page 68: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 6 - Status Messages

Low Signal This message indicates that the signal strength is below the tracking threshold. Tracking is inhibited until the signal returns to the valid range. This may be an error if the Low Signal Threshold has not been set properly or if the tracking signal that has not been properly scaled. The signal is scaled using the Scale Offset parameters found in the Freq screen. The Low Signal Threshold exists on this screen also. Other possible causes of this message include sources such as loss of signal strength through the RF path (LNA failure, etc.), satellite beacon or transponder turned off. This message will naturally occur during target switching since no signal will be available while between targets. If this fault does not clear when the new target position is reached, corrective actions include manual scanning to find the target, rechecking the predicted position, and verifying that the frequency is correct.

No Feed Detected This message occurs if the Feed Status option is active and no valid feed type indicators are detected by the PDU.

Optrack 24 Hours Good This indicates that 24 hours of valid Optrack data is available. Extended tracking outages will not prevent continued ephemeris prediction. Full Optrack performance is now in effect.

Optrack 12 Hours Good This message indicates that 12 hours of Optrack data is available. Optrack can now predict the ephemeris for up to 24 hours with sufficient accuracy to provide immediate reacquisition.

Optrack Coeffs Available This message indicates that valid Optrack data table exits for the data set in use by Optrack. An ephemeris is available for immediate tracking. Optrack will continue pointing for extended time periods should an RF outage occur.

Optrack Data Old This message indicates that the Optrack data set does not have recent tracking data. The meaning of ‘recent’ data changes depending on the amount of data in the Optrack table, but the minimum time before this message occurs is two days. Typically the data must be closer to one week old. The accuracy of the predictions degrades rapidly after this time, so full performance is not available until more tracking data can be gathered.

PMU Available The Portable Maintenance Unit is plugged in.

PMU in Control The Portable Maintenance Unit has control of the axes. When this status message is present, control from the ACU is not possible until control is released by the PMU.

Power Supply Test Fail This test is performed upon ACU power up. One or more of the ACU power supply voltages is out of tolerance if this message appears.

Unacquirable Signal The received signal strength is not strong enough to allow Steptrack operation. This can be set in units of dB by the Low Signal Threshold parameter found in the Setup→Track Setup window.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 6 - 2

Page 69: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 6 - Status Messages

6.1 LINEAR POLARIZATION MESSAGES

6.2 CIRCULAR POLARIZATION MESSAGES (OPTIONAL)

POL Disabled The POL axis is not active and the axis brake, if available, is set.

Left Circular POL The Polarization mechanism has been commanded to the Left Circular configuration.

Right Circular POL The Polarization mechanism has been commanded to the Right Circular configuration.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 6 - 3

Page 70: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 6 - Status Messages

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 6 - 4

Page 71: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 7 - Control System

SECTION 7 - CONTROL SYSTEM7 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

The following paragraphs provide information on other system components supplied with the servo system.

7.1 PORTABLE MAINTENANCE UNIT

The Portable Maintenance Unit (PMU) is a microprocessor independent unit with the controls and status indicators to execute manual motion control for azimuth, elevation, and POL. The unit has a 25 or 50 ft. pendent cable and connector that may be interfaced at the Power Drive Unit (PDU). The PMU is capable of performing these operations as an autonomous, hand-held unit and is functionally and physically independent of the Antenna Control Unit (ACU) and microprocessor position loop closure electronics of the PDU. The PMU is offered control when the ACU enters the Maintenance mode. Also, the PMU is automatically offered control by default when the ACU or PDU position loop electronics are powered down.

The front panel of the hand held PMU is shown in the “Portable Maintenance Unit (10988-)”, Fig. 7-1 on page 7-2.

The PMU is a maintenance tool and is not designed for extensive usage. The unit is water resistant and may be used in outdoor conditions, but should not be stored outdoors.

7.1.1 Controls and Indicators

The following describes the controls and indicators on the unit.

POWER Indicator - This indicator illuminates green whenever the PMU cable is terminated to the Power Drive Unit (PDU) or dedicated motor vicinity junction box and power to the rate loop electronics is available.

ENABLE Indicator - This indicator illuminates green whenever the panel is offered control.

ACTIVE Indicator/Switch - The actuation of this alternate action switch when the PMU is capable of controlling the antenna, or is in Maintenance mode or ACU is off. The green illumination of the ENABLE indicator, will accept control and preclude other units from taking control away. To indicate the panel is in control, the ACTIVE indicator is illuminated green. Once control has been accepted by the PMU, other units may not take it away until it is offered by the PMU. Offering control requires another actuation of the momentary action switch.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 7 - 1

Page 72: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 7 - Control System

FIGURE 7-1 PORTABLE MAINTENANCE UNIT (10988-)

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 7 - 2

Page 73: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 7 - Control System

The remainder of the PMU has the controls and indicators that are used when the unit is active. The azimuth and elevation sections are identical and are discussed together below.

Azimuth (Elevation) FAULT Indicator - This indicator illuminates red whenever an axis or system fault is reported by the PDU. This condition will inhibit control of the axis from the PMU. The fault message prohibiting movement is displayed at the ACU.

Azimuth (Elevation) ENABLE Indicator/Switch - The actuation of this alternate action switch allows the disabling and enabling of each axis without affecting the operation of the other axis. To indicate the axis is enabled, the ENABLE indicator is illuminated green.

AZ CCW-CW/EL DN-UP Rate Switch - When the PMU is activated and the axis is enabled, AZ/EL rate switches generate directional speed commands.

Polarization FAULT Indicator - This indicator illuminates red whenever a POL fault or system fault is reported by the PDU. This condition will inhibit control of the axis from the PMU.

Polarization Rate Switch - The polarization switch controls the CW/OFF/CCW state of the POL drive motors.

HI/LO Switch and Indicators - For the main drive system, the momentary action of the RATE switch allows the speed selection of HI (full speed) or LO (10% full speed) for azimuth and elevation axes.

The LCD Display (optional) continuously displays AZ/EL position and signal strength. Fault and Status message display mode is activated by depressing the RATE switch for at least 2 seconds. Return to the AZ/EL display mode is activated in the same way.

All of the safety interlocking functions such as emergency stops and travel limits are monitored and interlocked by microprocessor independent hardware logic in the PDU.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 7 - 3

Page 74: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 7 - Control System

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 7 - 4

Page 75: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

SECTION 8 - SERVICE8 SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS

8.1 GENERAL

8.1.1 Tools And Test Equipment Required

Standard tools and test equipment are all that are necessary for servicing the 123T Antenna Control System.

8.1.2 Inspection, Cleaning And Lubricating

All components in this system were designed to provide trouble-free operation with a minimum of maintenance. Indoor equipment should be kept clean and well vented. The PDU should be kept free of debris and dirt build-up which could cause excessive heat.

The antenna manufacturer should provide a maintenance and lubrication schedule for the structure, motors and accessories. Follow this schedule for proper operation and to maintain initial performance levels.

8.1.3 Safety Precautions To Be Taken

Follow the following safety precautions when maintaining or inspecting the equipment.

WARNING ONLY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL SHOULD BE PERMITTED TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE, INSPECTIONS OR PARTS REPLACEMENT. [REMOVE ALL METAL OBJECTS (WATCHES, RINGS, ETC.) BEFORE OPERATION.] [USE TOOLS WHICH ARE INSULATED AGAINST ELECTRICAL SHOCK.] FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS WARNING CAN RESULT IN AN ELECTRICAL SHOCK.

CAUTION DANGER OF EXPLOSION IF LITHIUM BATTERY LOCATED INSIDE ACU IS INCORRECTLY REPLACED. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME TYPE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 1

Page 76: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

8.2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION

System Performance testing should be done upon installation of control system hardware or after any maintenance is done on the antenna structure. Performance testing should include testing limit switch operation before moving the structure through its full travel range. The Site Acceptance Test Procedure provides specific tests used to verify system performance.

8.3 ACU SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE AND RESTORATION

ACU software maintenance and restoration encompasses two procedures. The first is system parameter backup to 3.5” floppy disk, and the second is re-load of system software.

8.3.1 ACU Parameter Back-up To 3.5” Floppy Disk

To save system parameters on 3.5” floppy disk.

Place a preformatted 3.5” disk in the FDD. Go to the Setup/Actions menu and execute “Backup”. All system specific parameters will now be stored on the 3.5” disk.

The saved parameters can later be re-loaded on the ACU by following the same procedure above, inserting a previous backup in the FDD and executing “Restore” at the Setup/Actions menu.

8.3.2 ACU System Software Reload From Floppy Disk

NOTE: This procedure requires system software disks on 3.5 FDD media, provided by VRSI.

To re-load system software from 3.5” floppy disks, first cycle power off at the ACU.

Place build disk #1 in the FDD. Power the ACU back on. The ACU front panel display will prompt for System disk, 1, 2, 3, 4, and Build Disk 2, in that order. After Build Disk 2 has loaded, the front panel display will prompt “Remove Build Disk 2 and cycle power”. Remove the Floppy disk, power the ACU down. If system parameters had previously been saved, they can be restored now by following the procedure in 8.3.1.

8.4 SYSTEM LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING

There are three types of faults, SYSTEM, AXIS and NON-DISABLING. A system fault disables all AZ, EL and POL motors. An axis level fault disables only the affected axis. A non-disabling fault warns of a serious condition that may degrade operational efficiency, but does not require any motors to be disabled. The ACU provides reporting of numerous fault conditions. Each point monitored is assigned a specific fault message.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 2

Page 77: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

The standard list of each message with corresponding corrective action as follows:

Table 8-1: AZ and EL Faults

AZ & EL FAULTS SYSTEM LEVEL DISABLE

AXIS LEVEL DISABLE

NON DISABLING

ACU Emergency Stop X

ACU Software Error X

ACU-PDU Link Down X

Antenna Safe X

Antenna Emergency X

Real Time Clock Error X

AZ CW/CCW Limit X

AZ CW/CCW Prelimit X

AZ,EL Handcrank Engaged X

AZ/EL Drive Fault X

Command > Region AZ/EL ± X

EL Up/Dn Limit X

EL Up/Dn Prelimit X

Enter Standby Mode X

ACU-Computer Link Down X

Axis Difference X

AZ/EL ± Software Limit X

Bad Track Point X

Optrack AZ/EL POL, Data Error X

Optrack Table Error X

Receiver Fault X

Receiver IF Synthesizer X

Receiver Link Down X

Receiver RF Synthesizer X

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 3

Page 78: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

The following fault messages are for systems with polarization option:

To capture transient or short duration fault events, toggle the fault latching function ON at the Setup/General Setup menu. See Section 2.12.1, "Fault Latching" on page 2-14 for more information on this parameter.

Table 8-2: POL Faults

POL FAULTS SYSTEM LEVEL DISABLE

AXIS LEVEL DISABLE

NON DISABLING

Command > Region POL ± X

POL Drive Fault X

POL CW/CCW Limit X

POL Encoder Fault X

POL ± Software Limit X

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 4

Page 79: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

8.5 FAULT MESSAGES

ACU – Computer Link Down This fault will not disable any motors. The serial link connecting the ACU to the System Computer is not responding. The ACU assumes control and all previous position commands issued by the System Computer are cancelled. To clear this fault, reestablish ACU-computer communications by restarting the System Computer, repairing the ACU-computer cable, or restarting the ACU. Note that incorrectly set serial link parameters can also cause this problem.

ACU – PDU Link Down This fault will disable all motors. This link is EIA-422 connecting the ACU to the PDU. The antenna will remain controllable with the PMU, but position feedback and faults/status information will not be available at the ACU.

ACU Emergency Stop This fault will disable all motors. The switch is located on the ACU front panel activates this fault. Once the reason for the emergency action is cleared, this fault is cleared by depressing the switch again.

ACU Software Error This fault will disable all motors. Please call RSI-PC (972-907-9599) for on-line help to correct this fault. If immediate rectification is necessary, cycle power on both the ACU and the PDU.

ACU-GPS Link Down The GPS Receiver Board located internal to the ACU communicates via a Serial Data Link. This message will appear if the communication link is broken.

Antenna Connect Fail This fault results from incorrect external antenna cabling. This fault will normally trigger the system disabling Antenna E-Stop condition, even if the Antenna E-Stop switch has not been installed. Correct any external antenna cabling problems to clear both faults.

Antenna E-Stop This fault will disable all motors. The switch is typically located at the antenna pedestal. Once the reason for the emergency action is cleared, this fault is cleared by depressing the switch again. On some antennas, the antenna connect foil fault may simultaneously trigger the Antenna E-Stop. See Antenna Connect Fail for more information.

Antenna Safe Fault This fault will disable all motors. The switch is typically located at the antenna pedestal. Once the reason for the emergency action is cleared, this fault is cleared by depressing the switch again.

Axis Difference This fault will not disable any motors, but usually will appear with a fault that does disable motors. There are redundant interlock circuits on the PDU Drive board. If these redundant circuits ever disagree, then the fault message is issued. Replace the PDU Drive board at Depot level. Replace the PDU in the field.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 5

Page 80: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

AZ ± Software Limit, EL ± Software Limit

This fault does not disable any axis motor. Axis travel limit parameters, as stored in the Site Setup window, can be crossed when the antenna is controlled by the PMU. When the antenna crosses the stored value, this fault is issued. For a related fault see “Command > Region AZ (EL)”. To clear this fault, issue a position command within the travel limits. Once the antenna is again within the travel limits the fault will clear.

AZ CW/CCW Limit The axis has traveled in the CW or CCW direction far enough to encounter a hardware switch. The brakes will be set and the axis disabled. This fault should never occur on antennas that use only AZ/EL Prelimits.

AZ CW/CCW Prelimit, EL UP/DN Prelimit

The axis has traveled far enough to encounter a hardware switch.

If the system is configured for automatic prelimit backout, then the axis will reverse direction and slowly drive until the hardware switch reverts to the normal (closed) state. The axis will now respond to whatever command is present, therefore, if the command that drove the axis into prelimit is still present, then the axis will drive back into prelimit.

If the system is configured for manual prelimit backout (all AC systems), then the axis will apply the brakes and disable. Manual backout is accomplished by depressing and holding the axis enable button on the PMU.

AZ, EL Handcrank Engaged This fault will disable all AZ or EL motors. A switch is connected to the handcrank access plate of each motor. During the removal of the access plate, this switch will issue the fault message. To clear this fault, close the handcrank access. If this does not clear the problem, replace the switch at the handcrank access.

AZ/EL Drive Fault This indicates that the PWM Drive has lost its enables and is unable to reset. If the condition occurs repeatedly, investigate the motor or cabling for failure. This may indicate a loss of power to the drive.

Bad Track Data Point This fault occurs only during Optrack mode. If any estimate of target position is poor due to high scintillation (noisy signal), this fault occurs. This fault can be used as an indication of poor tracking conditions. This fault clears upon the next valid target position estimate. If this fault continues to occur, change the tracking node to Steptrack.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 6

Page 81: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

Band Conflict This fault indicates that an active mode was attempted without the selected operational frequency matching the RF feed currently in place on the antenna. To clear the fault condition, either put the correct feed on the antenna or change the tracking frequency on the Freq screen to match the feed. For example, if a C-Band feed is mounted on the antenna, then the operational frequency must be between 2 and 6 GHz.

RF Feed Frequency RangeCheck for BAND CONFLICT

C BAND FEED 2.0 TO 6.0 GHz

X BAND FEED 6.0 TO 10.0 GHz

KU BAND FEED 10.0 TO 17.7 GHz

KA BAND FEED 17.7 TO 30.0 GHz

Another potential source for this fault would be if the RF feed status circuits were not reporting properly. To look for the cause, verify that the status message indicating which feed is in place is a correct indication of the actual feed in use. Status messages can be viewed on the Messages/Status screen.

This fault never occurs when the system is in Standby mode. This allows for feed changes to be made, in Standby mode, without triggering this fault.

Calibration Fail This fault indicates that the automatic calibration that occurs upon antenna deployment could not be performed. The typical cause would be the absence of one of the calibration sensors which includes the GPS, compass and clinometer. The presence of either ACU-GPS LINK DOWN, COMPASS LINK DOWN or GPS DATA UNAVAIL would indicate that a sensor is out. (Deployment is not recommended unless these fault and status conditions are cleared.) A possible, though less likely cause would be that the Deploy mode was commanded with elevation in a position which causes the compass to not be level. The compass only works properly at a level position which occurs at the antenna’s stow position.

All calibration sensor monitor and control is done via the Setup/Calib screen.

If a sensor is out and a calibration is required, the operator must manually enter all information that the automatic calibration normally does. See Section 3.3, "Manual Calibration" on page 3-5 for details.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 7

Page 82: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

Command > Region AZ ±, Command> Region EL ±

This fault disables all AZ (or EL) motors the moment the illegal position command (outside of the travel region) is entered. This fault is issued whenever a position is commanded that lies beyond a software limit. The software limit can be crossed when using the PMU to control the antenna. The software limit parameters are accessed through the site setup window to the Travel Limit Parameters window. To clear this fault, issue a legal position command.

Command > Region POL ± This fault disables the POL axis the moment the illegal position command (outside of the travel region) is entered. This fault is issued whenever a position is commanded that lies beyond the software limit. The software limit can be crossed when using the PMU to control the antenna. The software limit parameters are accessed through the site setup window to the Travel Limit Parameters window. To clear this fault, issue a legal position command.

Compass Link Down An RS232 Serial Data Link runs between the heading sensor and the PDU. This message will appear if the communication link is broken. Refer to the system schematic and verify all connections between the PDU and heading sensor.

EL UP/DN Limit The axis has traveled in the UP or DOWN direction far enough to encounter a hardware limit switch. The brakes will be set and the axis disabled. This fault should never occur due to the fact that prelimit is set to occur before this limit. To clear this fault use the handcrank (if available) to move the antenna out of limit. Alternately, the limit may be bypassed using hardware jumpers to deliberately defeat the limit. EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION to avoid personnel injury or damage to the antenna. This limit is often not connected on ACLM systems and the prelimit is used in place of the final limit.

El Vel Limit Err This fault occurs only during Stow mode. It will clear on exit of Stow mode. It occurs because the EL VELOCITY LIMIT condition is not staying constantly ON for the full time from when it first occurs until when the ANTENNA STOWED condition occurs. The typical course of action is to investigate the hardware circuits that report the stow status switches.

The trailer should never be moved without the antenna stowed. And the antenna should not be considered stowed unless the stow process completes without any stow faults. Stow faults include PREMATURE STOW, STOWED OFF TARGET, EL VEL LIMIT ERR and STOW INCOMPLETE.

Enter Standby Mode This fault message will occur after a disabling fault latches the enables in the OFF state. By entering the STANDBY mode and then an active mode, the enables are cycled and control is once again available to the ACU.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 8

Page 83: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

Optrack AZ/EL, POL Data Error This error occurs if Optrack is unable to compute an accurate ephemeris, even though sufficient data is available. This is normally caused by a change in time or the site location. If the time or site is significantly changed, the Optrack table should be cleared. This error will eventually clear itself, but the (strongly) recommended action is to clear the Optrack data and restart Optrack. To clear Optrack data, go to Setup/Track Setup/Optrack Clear.

Optrack Table Error This indicates that a bad data point was rejected by the Optrack table. This fault will clear upon the next store of a valid data point into the Optrack table. This is normally caused by a change in time. If the time is significantly changed, the Optrack data should be cleared. To clear Optrack data, go to Setup/Track Setup/Optrack Clear.

Pedestal Select Invalid This fault is specific to Dual Antenna systems. The fault occurs whenever the detected antenna type and the loaded ACU software configuration fail to match. Cycling power at the ACU (with the PDU powered) will load the correct software configuration and clear this fault.

POL ± Software Limit This fault does not disable the POL motors. The POL travel limit parameter as stored in the Setup/POL Setup menu can be crossed when the antenna is controlled by the PMU. When the antenna crosses the stored value, this fault is issued. For a related fault see “Command > Region POL ±.” To clear this fault, issue a position command inside the travel limits. Once the antenna is again within the travel limits, the fault will clear.

POL CW/CCW Limit The axis has traveled far enough to encounter a hardware switch. The axis is disabled. The limit may be cleared by issuing a command out of limit.

POL Drive Fault This indicates that the Motor Drive has lost its enables and is unable to reset. If the condition occurs repeatedly, investigate the motor or cabling for failure.

Premature Stow This fault occurs only during Stow mode. It will clear on exit of Stow mode. It occurs because the stow process stopped at its elevation command stow position without either the EL VELOCITY LIMIT or the ANTENNA STOWED status messages occurring. This indicates that elevation is not being driven far enough down to securely stow the antenna. The typical fix is to enter the correct stow position on the Setup/General screen.

The trailer should never be moved without the antenna stowed. And the antenna should not be considered stowed unless the stow process completes without any stow faults. Stow faults include PREMATURE STOW, STOWED OFF TARGET, EL VEL LIMIT ERR AND STOW INCOMPLETE.

Real Time Clock Error This fault will disable all motors. The real time clock circuit on the ACU Interface Board has failed. Time is not lost because the higher priority XCO clock is still functioning.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 9

Page 84: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

Receiver Fault This fault will not disable any motors. The tracking receiver is reporting a fault to the ACU.

Receiver IF Synthesizer Unlock This fault is generated if the programmed frequency is out of range, the ACU to RF module interconnect has failed, or the RF module frequency synthesizer circuit has failed.

Receiver Link Down This fault will not disable any motors. The serial link connecting the ACU to an external tracking receiver is not responding. To clear this fault, reestablish ACU - receiver communications by restarting the receiver, repairing the ACU – receiver serial cable, or restarting the ACU. Note that incorrectly set serial link parameters can also cause this problem.

Receiver RF Synthesizer Unlock

This fault is generated if the programmed frequency is out of range, the ACU to RF module interconnect has failed, or the RF module frequency synthesizer circuit has failed.

Stow Incomplete This fault occurs only during Stow mode. It will clear on exit of Stow mode. It occurs because the EL VELOCITY LIMIT indication has occurred for over 60 seconds without the expected, subsequent ANTENNA STOWED indication occurring. Environmental conditions like ice and snow may be the root cause for this fault and should be ruled out before checking the stow status reporting circuitry for correct operation.

The trailer should never be moved without the antenna stowed. And the antenna should not be considered stowed unless the stow process completes without any stow faults. Stow faults include PREMATURE STOW, STOWED OFF TARGET, EL VEL LIMIT ERR and STOW INCOMPLETE.

Stowed Off Target This fault occurs only during Stow mode. It will clear on exit of Stow mode. It occurs because of two possible conditions: first, if the ANTENNA STOWED indication is occurring without the EL VELOCITY LIMIT indication first occurring and secondly, if the full stow sequence occurs but the final stow position achieved is not within five degrees of the commanded stow position (in Elevation). The typical course of action for the first cause is to investigate the hardware circuits that report the stow status switches. The typical course of action for the second cause is to correctly set the stow position on the Setup/General screen.

The trailer should never be moved without the antenna stowed. And the antenna should not be considered stowed unless the stow process completes without any stow faults. Stow faults include PREMATURE STOW, STOWED OFF TARGET, EL VEL LIMIT ERR and STOW INCOMPLETE.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 10

Page 85: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

8.6 WIND-UP TEST

The Wind-Up test is a diagnostic program found in the top-level menu tree. This test is used to characterize position feedback operation. Mechanical damage to the axis encoders, or axes drive trains, can produce antenna conditions that degrade or prohibit satellite tracking. The Wind-Up test mode outputs data useful in diagnosing potential encoder and drive train problems.

The Wind-Up test program assumes the antenna is pointed at a stationary satellite, and a valid tracking signal is being received. Under these conditions, offset movement in AZ or EL axes should always return a peak satellite signal at exactly the same AZ and EL position. If offset movement does not return a peak signal at the same AZ (EL) position, this indicates a position repeatability problem, the magnitude of which is displayed as the AZ (EL) windup. This test is also affected by the receive signal stability. Noisy conditions may degrade the test accuracy.

Procedure:

Place the antenna pointed at a stationary satellite. Manually Peak the signal. Execute Wind-Up test. The control system will now automatically drive off peak, then reverse direction and drive through the peak, then reverse direction again and drive back through peak. The control monitors axis position and signal level while each pass occurs, calculating the peak angle. After the test is complete, the Windup is calculated as the difference in measured peak angle when driving CW (UP) into the peak versus driving CCW (DN) into the peak.

Run the Wind-Up test three times and verify that the results are similar for all runs.

Typical Wind-Up values should be less than 1% of the 3dB Beamwidth. If Wind-up greater than 3% is measured, then Optrack performance may be degraded. A minimum Wind-Up of 0.0055 degree, (with 1:1 resolver type encoders), is considered typical, and is due to the resolution with which these encoders are measured. The 3dB Beamwith (BW) is calculated as follows:

BW = 21 / (freq x dia)

Where freq = beacon frequency in GHz, and dia = dish aperture, in meters.

Example: For a 2.4 meter dish operating at 4.2 Ghz, the BW = 2.083 deg.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 11

Page 86: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 8 - Service

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B 8 - 12

Page 87: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

SECTION 9 - APPENDICES

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 88: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 89: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

Appendix A - ParametersThe following table lists each parameter, the default value, type, screen location, and dependency. Some parameters will be eliminated if their function is not needed. For example, if the system does not have polarization control, the POL position parameter on the track menu. The table lists parameters grouped by screen.

Type Parameter Screen Range Dependency Notes Default Sect.

Mode Jog Speed Jog Fast/Slow None Fast = Full RateSlow = 1/10 Rate

Slow 3

Mode Lon Track 0-359.9 Degs East

GEO (Appears only when [Geo] is the Track Type)

3

Mode AZ Track 0-359.999 Degs None Sometimes this field is not editable (i.e. it is automatically calculated for certain Track types). A question mark appears when this is the case.

Current AZ POS

3

Mode EL Track -9.999-89.999 Degs

None Sometimes this field is not editable (i.e. it is automatically Calculated for certain Track types). A Question mark Appears when this is the case.

Current EL POS

3

Mode POL Track 0-359.999 degs POL (When the Polarization parameter in the Setup/General screen is ON)

Sometimes this field is not editable (i.e. it is automatically Calculated for certain Track types). A Question mark Appears when this is the case.

Current POL POS

3

Mode Track Type Track Optrack/ Position/ Tab Track/ Step Track/ Geo

None The INTELSAT selection does not appear Unless INTELSAT is set ON in the Setup/General screen. Likewise, for Table Track

Optrack 3

Mode POL On/Off Track Pol On/ Pol Off POL On 3Mode POL Choice Track Pos POL/ Horz

POL/ Vert POLPOL and GEO POS

POL3

Mode Preset Number

Preset 1-50 None In addition to being editable, this field can be incremented Decremented using the UP and DOWN ARROW keys.

1 3

Mode AZ Preset 0-359.999 Degs None 3Mode EL Preset -9.999-89.999

DegsNone 3

Mode POL Preset 0-359.9 Degs POL 3

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 90: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

Mode POL On/Off Preset POL On/ POL Off POL On 3Site Center

FrequencyFreq 0.1-100.0 GHz The frequency in use must be

supported by the RF feed in place. Entry of a frequency mismatched to the feed will cause a BAND MISMATCH fault to occur.

3.625 3

Site Low Signal Threshold

Freq -99.0 dBm None -10 3

Site Tracking Signal Offset

Freq 100-100 dB None 0.1 3

Site Time Setup/General

Standard HH:MM:SS

The [Set Time] Pushbutton is used In conjunction with This field.

3

Site Date Setup/General

Standard MM:DD:YY

The [Set Time] Pushbutton is used In conjunction with This field.

3

Operational Fault Latching Setup/General

On/Off None Off 3

Site Site Longitude

Setup/General

0.359.999 Degs East

None The [Set Time] Pushbutton is used In conjunction with his field.

272 3

Site Site Latitude Setup/General

-90-90 Degs North

None The [Set Time] Pushbutton is used In conjunction with This field.

48 3

Operational Refraction Correction

Setup/General

On/Off None Off 3

Mode Box Scan Box Size

Setup/Track

1-20 Degs None 8.0 3

Hardware Local Oscillator Frequency

Setup/RF 0-99.999999 GHz None 5/15 3

Site RF Bandwidth Setup/RF 2.5 kHz/ 4.0 kHz/ 280kHz

None 2.5 3

Mode Table Track Point Number

Setup/Table

1-144 None In addition to Being Editable, this field can be incremented and Decremented using the UP and DOWN ARROW keys Respectively.

13

Mode Time Setup/Table

Standard DDD:HH:MM:SS

3

Mode AZ Setup/Table

0-359.999 Degs None 3

Mode EL Setup/Table

-5-95 None 3

Mode POL Setup/Table

0-359.999 Degs POL 3

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 91: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

Mode Interpolation Setup/Table

On/Off None On 3

Site Forward & Backward Tilt

Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site GPS Status Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site GPS Quality Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site GPS Longitude

Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site GPS Latitude Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site GPS Altitude Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site GPS Time Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site Compass Heading

Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site Magnetic Variance

Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site Compass Noise Score

Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Site Compass Environment Quality

Setup/Calib

None Display Only 3

Integration Compass Mark Angle

Setup/Calib

-180-180 Degs None The [Store] Pushbutton is Used in conjunction with this field.

0.0 3

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 92: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

Appendix B - 123T/240MVO

Typical Antenna Setup And Deployment

The following procedure applies to 240 MVO antennas.

1. Park the truck facing North (Antenna to the South for Northern Hemisphere Operation).

2. Lower the stabilizing jacks.

3. Power up the ACU and PDU.

4. Check for Front/Back and Left/Right tilt in the Setup/Calibrate menu. The antenna must be level within ± 10 degrees. Adjust the stabilizing jacks, if necessary.

5. Check the GPS status in the Setup/Calibrate menu. The level should be 9 before deploying. The GPS may take up to 20 minutes to locate the required number of satellites for accurate position calculation. If the GPS cannot find the required number of satellites for accurate position calculation, the site LAT and LON can be entered manually (if known) at the SETUP/General Setup menu.

6. Check the compass status in the Setup/Calibrate menu. The noise and environment scores should be 7, 8, or 9. Operation may be possible at lower scores with degraded initial pointing angle performance.

7. DEPLOY the antenna.

8. Execute STANDBY mode.

9. Go to the TRACK menu. If you have the satellite LON, select GEO TRACK. Enter the satellite Longitude. EXECUTE GEO TRACK.

10. The control will calculate the initial satellite pointing angle using the GPS, Compass, and Tilt sensors as inputs.

The control will then move the antenna to the initial satellite pointing angle. If a signal (above the low signal threshold parameter) is found at the initial pointing angle, then the control will begin peaking the signal with OPTRACK.

If a signal (below the low signal threshold parameter) is found at the initial pointing angle, then the control will begin a BOX SCAN. The Box Scan size is determined by the Box Scan parameter found in the Setup/Track Setup menu.

At the end of the BOX Scan, the control will position the antenna to highest signal found within the scan. If no signal above the Low Signal Threshold is found, then the control will position the antenna back to the initial satellite pointing angle.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 93: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

Appendix C - 123T/LHGXA

Typical Antenna Setup And Deployment

The following procedure applies to LHGXA antennas.

1. Using a hand-held compass, locate the LHGXA so that the center of travel points towards the satellite. Record center of travel compass measurement for later use.

2. Lower the stabilizing jacks and level the LHGXA using the trailer bubbles.

3. Connect all units (ACU, PDU, etc.)

4. Power the PDU. The PDU will read the antenna type hardware jumpers.

5. Power the ACU. The antenna type will be sent from the PDU to the ACU. The ACU will then load the operating parameters for the LHGXA.

6. Verify the Status message “LHGXA” is displayed at the ACU Messages>Status menu.

7. Verify all faults have cleared except “Load Site Location”.

8. Check the GPS status in the Setup/Calibrate menu. The level should be 9 before deploying. The GPS may take up to 20 minutes to locate the required number of satellites for accurate position calculation. If the GPS cannot find the required number of satellites for accurate position calculation, the site LAT and LON can be entered manually (if known) at the SETUP/General Setup menu.

9. At the Setup/Calibrate menu, enter the compass measurement from 1) above as the manual compass heading.

10. Go to the top level menu and execute “Calibrate” mode. This will update the displayed AZ/EL angles.

11. DEPLOY the antenna.

12. Execute STANDBY mode.

13. Go to the TRACK menu. Select GEO TRACK. Enter the satellite Longitude. EXECUTE GEO TRACK.

14. The control will calculate the initial satellite pointing.

The control will then move the antenna to the initial satellite pointing angle. If a signal (above the low signal threshold parameter) is found at the initial pointing angle, then the control will begin peaking the signal with STEPTRACK.

If a signal (below the low signal threshold parameter) is found at the initial pointing angle, then the control will begin a BOX SCAN. The Box Scan size is determined by the Box Scan parameter found in the Setup/Track Setup menu.

At the end of the BOX Scan, the control will position the antenna to highest signal found within the scan. If no signal above the Low Signal Threshold is found, then the control will position the antenna back to the initial satellite pointing angle.

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 94: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Operations ManualSECTION 9 - Appendices

Appendix D - 123T Maintenance Manual on CDThe 123T Maintenance Manual is project specific. The manual is on CD and contains the following:

• Operations Manual

• Maintenance Manual

• Vendor Data

• Drawings and Parts List

• Cage Codes

To view the PDF files you will need Adobe Reader which can be downloaded for free from www.Adobe.com.

To request a replacement CD, refer to the VertexRSI Contact Information located in the front section of the Operations manual.

NOTE: When requesting a replacement CD, you will need to provide the project configuration number. This number can be found on the rear panel of the 123T ACU or PDU. The configuration number is typically the letter “C” followed by 4 digits (ex: C1234).

© 2005 PN 99-403-0100 Rev B

Page 95: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Transportable

AntennaControlSystem

123T

TransportableAntenna Control

MaintenanceManual123T Datapath 3310March 2005

Page 96: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

Page 97: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS - 123TProprietary Notice

VertexRSI Contact Information

Acronyms and Abbreviations

Safety Symbol Definitions

List Of Figures and Tables

SECTION 1 - INSTALLATION

1 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1 EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.1.1 Receiving of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.1.2 Handling of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.2.1 Wiring To Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.2.2 Safe Operation of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.2.3 ESD Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.3 POWER-UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.3.1 Power Drive Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.3.2 Antenna Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.4 PORTABLE MAINTENANCE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.5 MOTOR PHASING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.5.1 Azimuth and Elevation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.5.2 Polarization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.6 EMERGENCY STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 i

Page 98: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

1.7 LIMITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1.7.1 Azimuth and Elevation Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1.7.2 Polarization Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.7.3 Azimuth Stow Aligned Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.7.4 Elevation Velocity Limit and Elevation Stow Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.7.5 Antenna Feed Status Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1.7.6 Antenna Type Status Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1.8 AUTO-CALIBRATION SENSOR MOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

1.9 ACU SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

1.9.1 System Options ACU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

1.9.1.1 System Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.2 Polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.3 Intelsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.4 Table Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.5 Tilt Sensor Type (Clinometer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.6 Compass Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.7 GPS Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.8 Stow Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.9 Optrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.10 X-Y Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.9.1.11 Feed Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.12 Memory Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.13 AZ Position Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.14 Displayed Angle Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.15 TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.16 NORAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.17 Track Rate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.18 F/B Tilt Sensor Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1.9.1.19 R/L Tilt Sensor Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.9.1.20 POL Predict Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.9.1.21 Run Time Steptrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 ii

Page 99: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

1.9.1.22 Start Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.9.1.23 LHGXA / QRSA Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.9.1.24 Compass Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.9.2 Encoder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.9.2.1 AZ, EL Encoder Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.9.2.2 POL Encoder Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.9.2.3 AZ, EL Encoder Direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.9.2.4 POL Encoder Direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1.9.2.5 AZ / EL / POL Scale Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1.9.2.6 AZ / EL / POL Encoder Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1.9.3 Tracking Receiver Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1.9.3.1 Receiver Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1.9.3.2 Receiver Operational Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1.9.3.3 External Receiver Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

1.9.3.4 Internal Receiver Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

1.9.4 Auto-Calibration Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1.9.4.1 GPS Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1.9.4.2 Tilt Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1.9.4.3 Compass Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1.9.5 Integration Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

1.9.5.1 Dish Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

1.9.5.2 Software Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

1.9.5.3 Stow Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

1.9.6 Axis Position Loop Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

1.9.7 X-Y Antenna Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

1.10 BASELINE ENCODER SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

1.11 COMPASS CALIBRATION (KVH C100 COMPASS OPTION) . . . . . . . . 1-26

1.12 HOST COMPUTER PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

1.12.1 Host Port Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

1.13 ETHERNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 iii

Page 100: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

1.14 ALARM RELAY OUTPUTS AND ACU AUDIBLE ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

SECTION 2 - HARDWARE-ACU

2 ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.1 Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.2 Emergency STOP Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.3 LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.4 Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.5 LCD Contrast Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.6 Front Panel LED’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.2.7 Audible Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.3 START UP PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2.4 OPERATION UNDER EMERGENCY OR ADVERSE CONDITIONS . . . . . 2-8

2.5 SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.6 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.7 ACU COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.7.1 Interface Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.7.1.1 Reset Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.7.1.2 Reset LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.7.1.3 LCD Contrast Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.7.1.4 Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112.7.1.4.1 Serial Port Configuration Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112.7.1.4.2 Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2.7.1.5 Serial Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122.7.1.5.1 Serial Port 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122.7.1.5.2 Serial Port 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122.7.1.5.3 Serial Port 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 iv

Page 101: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

2.7.1.5.4 Serial Port 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

2.7.1.6 Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2.7.1.7 Relay Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2.7.1.8 Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2.7.1.9 Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2.7.1.10 Analog Inputs/Analog To Digital Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.7.1.11 Real Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.7.1.12 Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.7.1.13 Address Decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2.7.1.14 Power On Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2.7.1.15 ACU Reset and Chassis Temperature Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2.7.2 Microprocessor Motherboard, PC104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2.7.3 Solid State Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.7.4 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.7.5 Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.7.6 Chassis Strip Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.7.7 L-Band Tracking Receiver Board (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.7.8 GPS Receiver Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.7.9 70 MHZ Tracking Receiver Board (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

SECTION 3 - HARDWARE-PDU

3 PDU - POWER DRIVE UNIT - 123T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1.1 Rackmount Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1.2 Bulkhead Mount PDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3.2.1 Power Switch and LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3.3 START UP PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3.4 OPERATION UNDER EMERGENCY OR ADVERSE CONDITIONS . . . . . 3-7

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 v

Page 102: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

3.5 SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3.5.1 Emergency Shut Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3.6 RACKMOUNT PDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

3.7 BULKHEADMOUNT PDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3.8 PDU I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3.8.1 AZ, EL Resolver Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3.8.2 ACU Serial Link and E-Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3.8.3 Limits, Feed Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

3.8.4 Motors and Tachs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

3.8.5 Signal Meter Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

3.8.6 PMU Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

3.8.7 X, Y Clinometer Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

3.8.8 Heading Sensor Serial Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3.9 PDU COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3.9.1 PDU Drive Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3.9.1.1 Rate Loop Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

3.9.1.2 PDU Auto Configuration Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

3.9.1.3 AZ/EL Variable Tach Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

3.9.1.4 Programmable Current Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

3.9.1.5 Interlock Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

3.9.1.6 Egress Connect Fail Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

3.9.1.7 EL Down Limit Override and AZ Low Look Disable . . . . . . . . . 3-27

3.9.1.8 Drive Board Self Test LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

3.9.2 PWM Amplifier Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

3.9.3 PS1 Switching Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

3.9.4 PS2 800 Watt Power Supply (Rackmount PDU's) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

3.9.5 PS2 110 Watt Power Supply (Bulkhead PDU's) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

SECTION 4 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 vi

Page 103: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

4 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1 POSITION TRANSDUCER, RESOLVER 1:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.1 Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.2 Configuration Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.3 Start Up Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.4 Normal Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.5 Operation Under Emergency, Adverse or Abnormal Conditions . . 4-1

4.1.6 Shut Down Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1.7 Emergency Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.2 CLINOMETER(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.3 FLUX GATE COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.4 GPS ANTENNA AND RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

SECTION 5 - RF

5 RF OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1 MODEL 123T ACU TRACKING RECEIVER BOARD SET . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.2 RF BOARD (A2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.3 TRACKING RF SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5.3.1 70 MHz Internal Receiver Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5.3.2 L-Band Internal Receiver Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

5.3.3 Model 253 External Tracking Receiver Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

5.3.3.1 Model 253, -55 to -100 dBm Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

5.3.3.2 Model 253, -30 to -100 dBm Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

5.3.4 Setup For External Non-RSI Receiver (0 to 10V Output) . . . . . . . . 5-10

5.3.5 Use of Signal Offset Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

5.3.6 Use of Low Signal Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

5.3.7 High Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 vii

Page 104: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualTable of Contents

5.4 BLOCK DOWN CONVERTER, C TO L BAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

SECTION 6 - SERVICE

6 SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 POSITION ENCODER, RESOLVER 1:1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1.1 Performance Verification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1.2 Inspection, Cleaning and Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1.3 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1.4 Specialized Assembly, Repair or Replacement Instructions. . . . . . 6-2

6.2 DRIVE BOARD ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6.3 DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6.3.1 Signal Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6.3.2 Position Loop Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

SECTION 7 - VENDOR DATA

7 VENDOR DATA SHEETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

SECTION 8 - APPENDICES

APPENDIX A - Parameters

APPENDIX B - Control Integration and Initial Tests

APPENDIX C - Multiple Pedestal Support

APPENDIX D - Servo System Drawings

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 viii

Page 105: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualProprietary Notice

Proprietary NoticeThis document contains information that is proprietary andconfidential to VertexRSI. Any reproduction, disclosure orother use of this document is expressly prohibited except asVertexRSI may authorize in writing.

No part of the content of this document may be reproduced inany form or by any means, including electronic storage,reproduction, execution or transmission without the priorwritten consent of VertexRSI.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 106: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualProprietary Notice

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 107: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualVertexRSI Contact Information

VertexRSI Contact Information

The following Contact Information is provided in the event that a problem has occurred or any additional information is required.

Address: VertexRSI Richardson Controls Facility

1219 Digital Drive

Richardson, TX 75081

Phone: 24-Hour Help 888-Tripoint (888-874-7646)

Main Line: 972-907-9599 (Hours M-F, 8am – 5pm, GMT –6)

Fax Line: 972-907-0027

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 108: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualVertexRSI Contact Information

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 109: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualAcronyms and Abbreviations

Acronyms and Abbreviations

° Degrees of Movement

°/sec Degrees of Movement Per Second (Velocity)

ACU Antenna Control Unit

AZ Azimuth

BW 3 dB Doublesided Receive Beamwidth of the Antenna

∆ Amount Changed (delta)

EL Elevation

M Meter

PDU Power Drive Unit

PMU Portable Maintenance Unit

POL Polarization

PWM Pulse Width Modulated

RPM Revolutions Per Minute

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 110: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSafety Symbol Definitions

Safety Symbol Definitions

SAFETY GROUND Indicates protective earth terminal. An uninterruptible safety earth ground must be provided from the main power source to the product input wiring terminals, power cord, or supplied power cord set. Any interruption of the protective (grounding) conductor, inside or outside the equipment, or disconnection of the protective earth ter-minal could result in personal injury.

WARNING Alerts users to a potentially hazardous situ-ation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION Directs attention to a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury to personnel and damage to equipment. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 111: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualList Of Figures and Tables

List Of Figures and Tables

Table 1-1 240 MVO Antenna Hardware Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Table 1-2 Feed Status Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Figure 1-3 Tilt And Heading Sensor Mounting (10962-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Table 1-4 ACU Setup Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Figure 1-5 Position Loop Filter (10644-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Table 2-1 ACU Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Figure 2-2 ACU Front Panel (12190-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Figure 2-3 ACU Block Diagram (13180-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Figure 2-4 Internal L-Band Receiver Option (12189-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Figure 2-5 Internal 70 MHz Receiver Option (12192A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Figure 2-6 ACU Interface Board Block Diagram (12188A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Figure 2-7 Antenna Control Unit Interface Board (12187-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Figure 3-1 1RU and 2RU PDU Front Panels (13008-/13004-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Figure 3-2 1RU and 2RU PDU Rear Panels (13010-/13006-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Figure 3-3 Bulkhead Mount Outline Drawing (13213-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Figure 3-4 Bulkhead Mount Connector Drawing (13212-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Figure 3-5 Rackmount PDU Block Diagram (13216-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Figure 3-6 Bulkhead Mount PDU Block Diagram (13217-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Figure 3-7 Drive Board Block Diagram (13215-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Figure 3-8 AZ/EL Rate Loop Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Figure 3-9 Auto Configuration Control Block Diagram (13205-) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Figure 3-10 Variable Tach Scaling Block Diagram (13204-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 112: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualList Of Figures and Tables

Figure 3-11 Typical Interlock Input (13206-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Figure 3-12 Egress Connect Fail Interlock (13208-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Figure 3-13 Down Limit Override Circuit (13207-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Figure 3-14 PWM Amplifier Board Block Diagram (13214-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Figure 5-1 Receiver Module Block Diagram (12516-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Figure 5-2 L-Band RF Board Block Diagram (12514-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Figure 5-3 70 MHz RF Board Block Diagram (12513-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310

Page 113: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

SECTION 1 - INSTALLATION

1 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

This section provides detailed instructions on how to install the Model 123T Antenna Control System. The necessary safety precautions, as called out in EU Standard EN 60950:1992, insure that the Model 123T Antenna Control System equipment will not present a hazard to the user when operating, installing, maintaining, transporting or storing the equipment. Additionally, this section contains the necessary instructions to allow the installer of the equipment to meet the requirements of the EU Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive.

It will be a step-by-step process used to install the equipment and set up system parameters. Unless the paragraph indicates that it is optional, follow each instruction in the order listed. If the paragraph is optional, only perform the instruction in that paragraph if the option is included in your system; otherwise, skip that paragraph.

The outline of the procedure detailed in the following paragraphs is:

1. Mount all equipment.

2. Run cables and terminate.

3. Verify proper terminations.

4. Verify that there are no shorts to ground.

5. Apply power to the servo equipment.

6. Connect the PMU.

7. Phase motors using the PMU.

8. Verify Emergency Stop operation.

9. Set limits.

10. Set encoder scaling and offsets.

11. Set ACU parameters.

12. Set RF parameters.

13. Calibrate the compass.

14. Set the Stow Position.

15. Verify performance by executing the Site Acceptance Test Procedure.

The following drawings are needed to properly install the system:

• System Schematic

• Site Acceptance Test Procedure

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 1

Page 114: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.1 EQUIPMENT

1.1.1 Receiving of Equipment

Upon Receipt of Equipment, closely inspect the system units to insure no damage has occurred in shipment. If damage is detected, notify the carrier immediately.

Carefully remove the packing material from the shipping container(s) and remove the equipment. Do not dispose of the shipping material until it is ascertained the equipment is in good operating condition.

1.1.2 Handling of Equipment

1.2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM WIRING

Check the top level assembly parts list and verify all equipment has been received and unpacked. Install equipment in its operating location. The encoder must be physically aligned to the axis of rotation to meet the requirements of the coupling supplied.

Connect assemblies per the System Schematic. The System Schematic contains wiring information for all options available to the Model 123T Antenna Control System. Cables called out on the Top Level assembly will be designated by “W” number to match those in the System Schematic.

WARNING OPENING THE PDU UNDER POWER ON CONDITIONS EXPOSES PERSONNEL TO DANGEROUS AND POSSIBLY LETHAL VOLTAGES. EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 2

Page 115: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.2.1 Wiring To Equipment

1.2.2 Safe Operation of Equipment

1.2.3 ESD Precautions

WARNING MAKE SURE TO GROUND THE PRIMARY GROUND TERMINAL BEFORE CONNECTING THE SUPPLY CONDUCTORS. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK.

WARNING CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION OF 10,000A AND OVER-CURRENT DEVICES (FUSE OR CIRCUIT BREAKER) RATED AT 20A FOR 1∅.

WARNING THE INSIDE OF THE ACU AND PDU ARE NOT OPERATOR ACCESS AREAS. ONLY SERVICE PERSONNEL, HAVING THE APPROPRIATE TECHNICAL TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE NECESSARY TO BE AWARE OF HAZARDS TO WHICH THEY ARE EXPOSED, ARE PERMITTED ACCESS. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS WARNING COULD RESULT IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 3

Page 116: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

The printed circuit board assemblies and some components are static sensitive. All sensitive assemblies are marked by the logo shown above or labeled as static sensitive. Use static precautions in servicing of this equipment. Personnel must be grounded before touching or removing static sensitive assemblies. The assemblies should be transported in shielded bags to prevent damage from electrostatic field forces.

1.3 POWER-UP

The components of the control system should be powered and tested individually until all are deemed operational and ready for a system test.

1.3.1 Power Drive Unit

Visually inspect all wiring to and from the PDU to verify it has been completed per the System Schematic.

Before applying power to the ACU or PDU, verify that the proper voltages are being supplied as labeled on the ACU (near the power cord entry) and PDU. Turn on the main breakers supplying power to the PDU. Verify that the LED is lit on the front of the PDU.

1.3.2 Antenna Control Unit

Visually inspect all wiring to and from the ACU and verify that it has been completed per the System Schematic. Activate the ACU Emergency Switch and verify the switch is illuminated. Leave emergency active. Apply power to the ACU. The ACU will power up in Standby mode. Check the fault window (Message/Fault) and verify there is no ACU-PDU link error and the ACU Emergency is reporting. Restore the ACU emergency button and verify its message is removed from the Faults window. Additional ACU Parameters will be set up after initial testing of system components.

1.4 PORTABLE MAINTENANCE UNIT

The PMU allows manual control of the antenna at the antenna pedestal. Initial tests (emergency stops, motor phasing and limits) will be performed with the PMU in control. Connect the PMU to the PDU. Place the ACU in the maintenance mode and verify that the power and enable LED’s are ON at the PMU. Depress the active button on the PMU to acquire control. Verify that the active LED is ON at the PMU. Control of the motors is now possible from the PMU.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 4

Page 117: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.5 MOTOR PHASING

1.5.1 Azimuth and Elevation

Using the PMU, command an azimuth clockwise movement. If the motor velocity is not controllable, reverse the armature connections. If the motor velocity is controllable, verify that the antenna structure turns clockwise (as seen from above the antenna). If the direction is incorrect, swap the motor armature and tachometer connections at the motor. Issue a counterclockwise command and verify that the antenna turns counterclockwise.

Repeat the procedure for elevation.

1.5.2 Polarization

Repeat the azimuth procedure for the polarization motor. Direction is defined as rotation about the line-of-sight looking out to the satellite.

1.6 EMERGENCY STOPS

The servo system interfaces to an Emergency Stop located at the ACU, and a second optional emergency stop located at the antenna. If the second emergency stop is required, verify proper termination per the system schematic. When either emergency stop is activated, the drive enables are removed. Verify that the ACU emergency is connected at the PDU. For each emergency, activate the emergency and verify that the azimuth, elevation and polarization axes may not be enabled. Clear each emergency after the test.

In addition to inhibiting the drives, the switch action should be reported on the ACU fault screen and the fault LED’s on the PMU.

CAUTION PROCEED WITH CAUTION DURING THE MOTOR PHASING SETUP SINCE NEITHER THE PERSONNEL EMERGENCY STOPS NOR THE LIMITS HAVE BEEN SET AND TESTED AT THIS TIME.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 5

Page 118: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.7 LIMITS

Limit switches are mounted on each axis to prevent the motors from driving beyond the mechanical range of travel. When a limit switch is activated, the motors are disabled.

Verify that the AZ, EL, and POL Encoders were setup per Section 1.10, “Baseline Encoder Settings’ on page 1-26 prior to running this procedure. This will ensure proper records are taken of each limit angle.

Verify that Section 1.5, “Motor Phasing’ on page 1-5 has been completed prior to running this procedure. This will ensure each axis is operating and rotation is in the proper direction (CW, CCW, etc.).

1.7.1 Azimuth and Elevation Limits

To set the Azimuth travel limits, use the PMU to travel clockwise (CW) in Azimuth to the desired CW travel limit. Set the limit switch to activate at that point. With the CW limit switch actuated, command CW movement with the PMU and depress the enable button. The Azimuth motor should energize and drive slowly in the counterclockwise (CCW) direction (out of limit) if autobackout is enabled at the PDU. If autobackout is not enabled, the axis should not move. Command CCW movement and verify the motor is energized and is able to be driven out of the limit. Continue to drive out until the limit is clear. Drive back into the limit to verify operation. While in CW limit, go to the ACU’s Setup/AZ Setup menu and find the AZ encoder position corresponding to the CW limit.

Repeat this procedure for the Azimuth CCW and Elevation UP limits. The Elevation Down limit should be set at the lowest look angle that allows full unobstructed Azimuth movement. Record the AZ and EL Hardware limits.

CAUTION SETTING THE LIMITS REQUIRES FULL MOTION TRAVEL OF THE ANTENNA FOR POSSIBLY THE FIRST TIME. CLOSELY MONITOR MECHANICAL HARD POINTS, CABLE WRAPS AND OTHER CRITICAL AREAS FOR PROBLEMS WHILE TRAVELING. EVEN IF THE AXIS SPEED IS VERY SLOW, IT WILL REACH TRAVEL OBSTRUCTION.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 6

Page 119: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.7.2 Polarization Limits

To set the polarization CCW travel limit, use the PMU to move POL to the desired CCW angle. Set the limit switch to activate at that point. Autobackout is not available for POL. With the CCW limit switch actuated, command CCW movement with the PMU. The Polarization axis should not move. Command CW movement and verify the motor is energized and is able to be driven out of the limit. Continue until the limit is clear. Drive back into the limit to verify operation. While in CCW limit, go to the ACU’s Setup/POL Setup menu and find the POL encoder position corresponding to the CCW limit.

Repeat this procedure for the Polarization CW limit. Record the POL CW Hardware limit.

1.7.3 Azimuth Stow Aligned Switch

NOTE: This stow interlock is optional on some antennas. Consult your antenna documentation to determine if your antenna supports this feature. The following discussion applies to 240MVO type antennas.

The Azimuth stow aligned switch should be adjusted so that it is closed at the desired Azimuth stow angle. At Azimuth stow aligned, the antenna should be physically aligned such that it will be centered on the stow pads when driven down in elevation. The azimuth stow angle is typically 0.0 +/-0.5 degree. Use the PMU to drive azimuth in and out of the stow aligned switch closure. Record the Azimuth Stow Aligned angle(s).

1.7.4 Elevation Velocity Limit and Elevation Stow Angle

NOTE: Elevation Velocity Limit is optional on some antennas. Consult your antenna documentation to determine if your antenna supports this feature. The following discussion applies to 240MVO type antennas.

The elevation velocity limit switch sets the elevation angle which, during the stow sequence, causes the antenna elevation movement to slow to 1/10 speed for final clamp-down onto the stow pads. The elevation velocity limit switch is typically set to close when the dish is 2 degrees above the stow pads.

CAUTION FOR 240MVO TYPE ANTENNAS, THE POLARIZATION CCW LIMIT SETS THE POL STOW POSITION. SPECIAL ATTENTION SHOULD BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT WHEN IN THE CCW LIMIT, POL IS ROTATED TO A POSITION THAT WILL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE DURING ANTENNA STOWING.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 7

Page 120: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

Once the velocity limit has been reached, the antenna should take no longer than 60 seconds to complete the stow cycle. If the 60 second limit is exceeded, the stow sequence will abort. Set the velocity limit switch closure closer to the stow pad angle to reduce the stow time.

To set the EL Velocity Limit Switch, use the PMU to drive elevation to the top of the stow pads. Go to the ACU’s Setup/EL Setup menu and find the EL encoder position corresponding to the stow pads. Drive Elevation up two degrees and set the velocity limit switch. Drive Elevation up again to completely clear the velocity limit switch. Drive EL down noting the time and angle velocity limit occurs. Continue driving down until EL stowed (auto-shutdown) occurs. Record the EL Velocity limit angle. While the antenna is stowed, go to the ACU'’s Setup/EL Setup menu and read the EL encoder position corresponding to EL stowed.

Table 1-1: 240 MVO Antenna Hardware Limits

TYPICAL

AZ CW Hardware Limit 230

AZ CCW Hardware Limit 130

EL UP Hardware Limit 82

EL DN Hardware Limit 7

POL CCW Hardware Limit

POL CW Hardware Limit

AZ Stow Aligned Angle 0.0

EL Velocity Limit Angle -67

EL Stowed Angle (EL auto-shutdown) -69

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 8

Page 121: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.7.5 Antenna Feed Status Switches

NOTE: Feed Status Switches are optional on some antennas. Consult your antenna documentation to determine if your antenna supports this feature.

The 123T Antenna Control System reads external status switches found on any installed feed. It uses this information to determine if there is a mismatch between the installed feed type and the RF frequency entered in the Frequency menu. The feed type information is also used to determine if linear POL menus should be made available.

There are five feed status switches. Refer to System Schematic 99-XXX-0057 for status switch connections. The feed status switches are:

Switch 1 – Feed Status #1Switch 2 – Feed Status #2Switch 3 – Right Hand CircularSwitch 4 – Left Hand CircularSwitch 5 – Linear/Circular

Closing the following switches will generate the indicated status:

Install each feed to be used with the antenna. Go to the Messages/Status menu and verify the feed information displayed matches the installed feed.

1.7.6 Antenna Type Status Switches

NOTE: Antenna Type Status Switches are optional on some antennas. Consult your antenna documentation to determine if your antenna supports this feature.

Table 1-2: Feed Status Switches

SWITCH # FEED DETECTED

1, 2, and 5 KA Band, Linear Polarization

1 and 2 KA Band, Circular Polarization

2 and 5 KU Band, Linear Polarization

2 KU Band, Circular Polarization

1 X Band

5 C Band, Linear Polarization

3 C Band, Right Hand Circular POL

4 C Band, Left Hand Circular POL

None No Feed

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 9

Page 122: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

The 123T Antenna Control System has provisions to read external status switches (or jumpers) found in the antenna pedestal wiring. This information is used to auto-configure the control system, allowing up to four unique antenna confgurations to be stored at each ACU.

The detected antenna type is displayed at the Messages/Status menu.

Refer to “APPENDIX C - Multiple Pedestal Support” on page C-1 for a detailed description of Multiple Antenna operation and configuration.

1.8 AUTO-CALIBRATION SENSOR MOUNTING

NOTE: Auto-Calibration Sensors are optional on some antennas. Consult your antenna documentation to determine if your antenna supports this feature.

The 123T control system will monitor antenna mounted tilt sensors, heading sensors and GPS signals to calculate antenna orientation. All sensors are read at the time of antenna deployment. “Tilt And Heading Sensor Mounting (10962-)”, Fig. 1-3 on page 1-11 helps to provide an orientation of the tilt and heading sensors.

The heading sensor can be installed in a position that yields the trailer heading, or the heading sensor can be installed in a position that always aligns with the antenna’s RF Look Angle. Once the compass installation has been determined, set the ACU Compass Installation parameter as “trailer” for a trailer mounted compass, or “Antenna” for an RF Look Angle mounted compass. The heading position can be fine adjusted using the mark angle parameter. Refer to Section 3 for the procedure to set this parameter. For optimum performance, the heading sensor should not be mounted near ferrous metals. Calibration of the heading sensor is required when integrated with the control system as discussed in Section 1.11, “Compass Calibration (KVH C100 Compass Option)’ on page 1-26

The tilt sensors should be mounted such that the x-y readings are zero when the trailer is level. Refer to “Tilt And Heading Sensor Mounting (10962-)”, Fig. 1-3 on page 1-11 for the tilt sensor output polarities associated with each tilt direction.

The GPS receiver needs to be located in a position that allows an unobstructed view of the sky.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 10

Page 123: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

FIGURE 1-3: TILT AND HEADING SENSOR MOUNTING (10962-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 11

Page 124: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9 ACU SETUP PARAMETERS

The flexibility of the 123T system allows it to handle a range of applications without changing the baseline software. The system’s exact configuration and operational characteristics can be tailored using the various setup parameters provided.

System parameters are accessed from the top level screen via the setup soft key. If the parameter is a toggle function, a value will be listed in brackets, i.e. [123T], above the soft key associated with that selection. Press the soft key until the desired configuration is present in the brackets. If the parameter is a numeric entry, move the cursor to the number and enter the new number via the numeric keypad. Press <enter> once the correct number has been keyed in. Use the cursor arrows to back up if a correction is needed prior to pressing enter.

Five types of parameters exist on the system: (1) System Option parameters, (2) Hardware Integration parameters, (3) Site parameters, (4) Operational parameters, and (5) Mode parameters.

System Option parameters identify the equipment associated with the antenna system such as RF type, encoders and axis velocities. These parameters are typically set at the factory and do not change unless the type of hardware is changed.

Hardware integration parameters are set when the control system is integrated with the antenna and change only when a hardware item is replaced. These parameters include software limits, stow positions and Dish Aperture.

Site parameters change each time the trailer is deployed. These parameters are usually set automatically via sensors, but may be manually adjusted if needed. Tilt, heading, site location and time are examples of site parameters.

Operational parameters allow the user to customize the performance of the system as needed. These parameters are discussed in Section 3, System Level Operating Instructions.

Mode parameters control specific mode generation and are set each time the mode is entered. The parameters are located on the mode entry screens. Description of these parameters are included with the mode descriptions in Section 3, System Level Operating Instructions.

Table 1-4, “ACU Setup Parameters’ on page 1-13 lists ACU setup parameters along with typical settings. Your system settings may differ. Refer to your top level drawing for setup parameters used during Factory Acceptance Testing. The “ACTUAL” column provides a place to document any setup parameter changes that may be required as a result of Site Acceptance Testing.

Refer to “APPENDIX A - Parameters” on page A-1 for more information on ACU setup parameters.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 12

Page 125: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

Table 1-4: ACU Setup Parameters

MENU SUB-MENU PARAMETER TYPICAL ACTUAL REF

FREQUENCY Freq 12 Ghz

Low Signal -10 dB

Offset 0.1 dB

SETUP General Setup Aperture 2.4 M

AZ Stow 0.0 deg

EL Stow 290.5 deg

POL Stow 24.5 deg

X Axis Alignment 90 deg

X Axis Polarity -

Y Axis Polarity +

Track Setup Size 20

Signal -1

Scan Time 10

Box Scan Size 6

RF Setup Scale Factor 5.0 dB/V

LO Frequency 0.0 GHz

RF Bandwidth 2.5 kHz

Rcvr Type RSI-70

AZ Setup Max Vel 2.0 deg/s

Travel Lim CW 129.5 degs

Travel Lim CCW -129.5 degs

Encoder Offset 0.00 degs

Encoder Type 1:1

Pot Scale Factor 1.0

Encoder Dir CW

Deadband 0.0 deg

Lag1 Freq 0.0 Hz

Lead Freq 0.050 Hz

Xover Freq 0.25 Hz

Lag2 Freq 0.90 Hz

Sqrt to Lin xfer pt 0.044 Degs

Max Accel 0.900 Deg/s

Scan Accel 0.5

TRK Vel 0.02 deg/s

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 13

Page 126: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.1 System Options ACU

System Options are typically set at Vertex RSI, and are based on the deliverable hardware. These parameters are password protected and are not available to the user. The following discussion is directed to customers who are attempting their own system integration. Consult VertexRSI Engineering for instructions on how to access these parameters. The Hardware Configuration Parameters are located in the Setup/General Setup/Options menu.

SETUP EL Setup Max Vel 1.0 deg/s

Travel Lim UP 82.0 degs

Travel Lim DN 7.5 degs

Encoder Offset 0.0 degs

Encoder Type 1:1

Pot Scale Factor 1.0

Encoder Dir CW

Deadband 0.0 deg

Lag1 Freq 0.0 Hz

Lead Freq 0.050 Hz

Xover Freq 0.25 Hz

Lag2 Freq 0.90 Hz

Sqrt to Lin xfer pt 0.044 Degs

Max Accel 0.5 Deg/s

Scan Accel 0.5

TRK Vel 0.02 deg/s

POL Setup Max Vel 9.00 deg/s

Travel Lim CW 225.0 degs

Travel Lim CCW 25.0 degs

Encoder Offset 0.00 degs

Encoder Dir CW

Encoder Type POT

Pot Scale Factor 0.7

Deadband 0.6 deg

Lag1 Freq 0.035 Hz

Lead Freq 0.050 Hz

Xover Freq 0.125 Hz

Lag2 Freq 0.90 Hz

Sqrt to Lin xfer pt 0.044 Degs

Max Accel 0.500 Deg/s

Table 1-4: ACU Setup Parameters

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 14

Page 127: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.1.1 System Type

This parameter should always be set to 123T.

1.9.1.2 Polarization

This parameter allows selection of “Polarization ON” (Motorized Linear POL), and “Polarization OFF” (No POL or Circular POL). If the system uses Feed Status switches, the Polarization is automatically set ON for Linear Feeds, and OFF for Circular Feeds.

1.9.1.3 Intelsat

This parameter allows selection of Intelsat ON or Intelsat OFF. Availability of Intelsat tracking mode is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.4 Table Track

This parameter allows selection of Table Track On or Table Track OFF. Availability of Table Track mode is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.5 Tilt Sensor Type (Clinometer)

This parameter allows selection of Cline Labs, ACCUSTAR 1, or NONE. Tilt sensor type is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.6 Compass Type

This parameter allows selection of KVH-C100, True North, Manual, or NONE. Fluxgate compass sensor type is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.7 GPS Type

This parameter allows selection of Trimble, Magellan, or NONE. GPS sensor type is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.8 Stow Type

This parameter allows selection of 240MVO, Position, or NONE. Stow type is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.9 Optrack

This parameter allows selection of Optrack ON or Optrack OFF. Availability of Optrack tracking mode is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.10 X-Y Antenna

This parameter allows selection of X-Y ON or OFF. When X-Y = Off, the coordinate system defaults to AZ/EL.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 15

Page 128: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.1.11 Feed Switches

This parameter allows selection of Feed Switches ON or OFF. Feed switches indicate the frequency and polarization of the installed feed. Feed switches are customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.12 Memory Track

This parameter allows selection of Memory track ON or OFF. Memory Track mode is only available if the Optrack option has been turned off.

1.9.1.13 AZ Position Display

This Parameter allows selection of Absolute or Relative. If Relative is selected, displayed AZ/EL angles are always in raw encoder coordinates. If Absolute is selected, Auto Calibration sensor and other encoder offsets are automatically added to the displayed AZ/EL angles.

1.9.1.14 Displayed Angle Resolution

This parameter allows selections of 1 or 2 digits and sets the displayed angle resolution for AZ and EL. One digit resolution is typically selected if AZ/EL potentiometers are installed. Two digit resolution is typically selected if AZ/EL resolvers are installed.

1.9.1.15 TCP/IP

This parameter allows selection of TCP/IP ON or OFF. TCP/IP should be set ON if the ACU has an installed ethernet card.

1.9.1.16 NORAD

This parameter allows selection of NORAD ON or NORAD OFF. Availability of NORAD mode is customer specified prior to system delivery.

1.9.1.17 Track Rate Check

This parameter allows selection of Track Rate Check ON or OFF. Default is OFF, unless requested by the customer. When Track Rate Check is selected ON, the backup track mode option becomes available at the Setup/General Setup Menu. Refer to the Operations Manual “Backup Track Mode” for more information on the Track Rate Check feature.

1.9.1.18 F/B Tilt Sensor Scale

This parameter allows entry of tilt sensor scale factor, in degrees per volt. For the Cline Lab Tilt sensor, the scale factor is typically 16.66 degrees per volt. Tilt polarity can be changed by making the scale factor negative.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 16

Page 129: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.1.19 R/L Tilt Sensor Scale

This parameter allows entry of tilt sensor scale factor, in degrees per volt. For the Cline Lab Tilt sensor, the scale factor is typically 16.66 degrees per volt. Tilt polarity can be changed by making the scale factor negative.

1.9.1.20 POL Predict Display

This parameter allows selection of POL Predict ON or POL Predict OFF. When POL Predict is selected ON, the Horizontal and Vertical POL Predict angles are always displayed at the ACU front panel. This information can be used when positioning non-motorized linear feeds.

1.9.1.21 Run Time Steptrack

This parameter allows selection of Run Time ON or OFF. When Run Time Steptrack is set ON, the antenna control switches from closed position loop based Steptrack operation to Run-Time Steptrack operation. Run Time Steptrack is normally enabled when the antenna to be controlled has low accuracy (potentiometer) AZ/ EL position feedback.

1.9.1.22 Start Mode

This parameter allows selection of Start Mode ON or OFF. When Start Mode is set ON, the antenna control displays the “START” command at the ACU top level menu. Executing “START” will cause the antenna to drive to AZ, EL, and POL coordinates defined at the Setup/General Setup menu. Start mode is normally enabled when the antenna requires a fixed reflector assembly position.

1.9.1.23 LHGXA / QRSA Select

This parameter allows selection of ON or OFF. When LHGXA/QRSA mode is set ON, the antenna control displays the SECTOR command at the ACU top level menu. Executing “SECTOR” allows the operator to select either LHGXA, QRSA Low Sector, or QRSA High Sector.

1.9.1.24 Compass Mount

This parameter allows selection of ANTENNA or TRAILER. This parameter only applies when the compass type as defined in Section 1.9.1.6, “Compass Type’ on page 1-15 is KVH C100 or TRUE NORTH. When ANTENNA is selected, the software defines the compass angle as always coincident with the RF line of sight. When TRAILER is selected, the software defines the compass angle as always coincident with the mechanical center of AZ travel.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 17

Page 130: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.2 Encoder Options

Encoder Options are typically set at Vertex RSI, and are based on the deliverable hardware. These parameters are password protected and are not available to the user. The following discussion is directed to customers who are attempting their own system integration. Consult Vertex RSI Engineering for instructions on how to access these parameters.

1.9.2.1 AZ, EL Encoder Type

The AZ (EL) Encoder Type is customer specified prior to system delivery. This parameter allows selection of 1:1 (Single Speed resolver), 8:1 (optional High Resolution geared resolver) or Potentiometer. The AZ (EL) Encoder Type parameter can be found in the Setup/AZ Setup and Setup/EL Setup menus.

1.9.2.2 POL Encoder Type

The POL Encoder Type is customer specified prior to system delivery. This parameter allows selection of Syncro/Resolver, Potentiometer, or None. The Power Drive Unit hardware must match the selected encoder type. If a Potentiometer Encoder is selected, the deg/V scale factor must also be set. See Section 1.9.2.5, “AZ / EL / POL Scale Factor’ on page 1-19. The POL Encoder Type parameter is found in the Setup/POL Setup menu.

1.9.2.3 AZ, EL Encoder Direction

The AZ and EL encoder rotation can be reversed in software to match the antenna rotation. AZ and EL encoder direction parameters can be set to Clockwise (CW) or Counterclockwise (CCW). To verify the EL encoder direction, use the PMU to raise the antenna in Elevation while monitoring the elevation angle readout. The elevation angle should increase. If the displayed elevation angle is decreasing, toggle the EL encoder direction parameter in the Setup/EL Setup menu. To verify the AZ encoder direction, use the PMU to rotate the antenna in CW while monitoring the Azimuth angle readout. Azimuth angles should increase as the antenna is turned clockwise. (AZ CW/CCW direction is as viewed from above the antenna). If the displayed Azimuth angle is decreasing, toggle the AZ encoder direction parameter in the Setup/AZ Setup menu. The encoder direction parameters should not change with encoder replacements unless there is a wiring difference between the old and new encoder.

1.9.2.4 POL Encoder Direction

Polarization angles should increase as the feed is turned clockwise (POL CW/CCW direction is as viewed about the line-of-sight looking out to the satellite). If the displayed POL angle is decreasing, toggle the POL encoder direction parameter in the Setup/POL setup menu.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 18

Page 131: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.2.5 AZ / EL / POL Scale Factor

NOTE: AZ, EL Scale Factor parameter applies ONLY to systems with potentiometer AZ, EL position encoders.

If a potentiometer is used for AZ or EL position Feedback, the scale factor of the potentiometer will need to be calculated after the direction has been set. Set the scale factor to 1. This sets the input to convert 0-10V to 0-360°. Drive the axis through a known angle and record the display movement. Set the scale factor using the following formula:

NOTE: Polarization parameters may not be available for editing, unless a linear polarization feed is installed.

Once the scale factor is correctly stored, rotate the feed to a known POL angle and adjust the POL encoder offset to get the displayed angle to agree with the actual feed position.

1.9.2.6 AZ / EL / POL Encoder Offsets

Encoder offsets are used to modify the displayed axes angles. EL and POL encoder offsets are held non-volitale by the control system. The AZ encoder offset is recalculated by the control system each time deploy/calibrate mode is executed.

1.9.3 Tracking Receiver Options

1.9.3.1 Receiver Type

The Receiver Type parameter is typically set at VertexRSI, and is based upon the deliverable hardware. This setting is password protected and is not available to the user. Receiver Type allows selection of VertexRSI-70 (ACU containing built-in 70 MHz Receiver), VertexRSI-L (ACU containing Built-in L-Band Receiver), VertexRSI-External RCVR (ACU configured with interface to VertexRSI Model 253 Receiver), or External Receiver (ACU configured with Interface to customer supplied ±5V or 0-10V external Analog tracking signal.) The Receiver Type parameter can be found in the Setup/RF Setup menu.

1.9.3.2 Receiver Operational Parameters

The Receiver Operational Parameters are located in the frequency and Setup/RF Setup menus. Refer to Operations Manual “RF Setup” and “Frequency” for more information on these parameters.

Scale FactorActual MovementDisplay Movement----------------------------------------------=

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 19

Page 132: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.3.3 External Receiver Option

This procedure applies to systems with external tracking receivers. The ACU must receive a DC voltage level proportional to signal strength. This signal may be derived from a spectrum analyzer, video receiver, or tracking beacon receiver. When using an external tracking receiver, the analog signal strength is connected to ACU connector J5. For a ±5 VDC signal strength output, (typical of a RSI Model 253 Tracking Receiver), connect the signals as follows:

Optionally, a 0-10 volt signal may be used with the proper system configuration. If a 0-10 Volt signal is used, verify the ACU interface board input buffer has been modified for a gain of 0.5. Connect the tracking signal as follows:

Scale Factor - This is the signal gradient in dB/V of the tracking receiver’s output signal. For VertexRSI supplied receivers, this value is defaulted to 5 dB/V.

Refer to Section 7, RF Options, for more information on the tracking receiver function.

1.9.3.4 Internal Receiver Option

This procedure applies to systems with internal L-Band or 70 MHz receiver cards.

The calibration of the internal receiver card is limited to adjusting the ACU’s signal offset parameter.

LO Frequency - Valid for ACU’s containing the Model 250 internal L-Band Receiver card. The LO Frequency parameter should be set to match the antenna’s BDC Local Oscillator frequency (in MHz). Consult your BDC documentation for actual LO frequency used.

The ACU uses the LO Frequency to calculate where in the L-Band range of frequencies the tracking signal will be located.

For ACU’s with an internal 70 MHz card or external tracking receiver, this parameter should be set to zero.

Refer to Section 7, RF Options, for more information on the tracking receiver function.

SUM SIGNAL (±5V)

J5-9 +Analog Input 1

J5-1 -Analog Input 1

SUM SIGNAL (0-10V)

J5-11 +Analog Input 3

J5-3 -Analog Input 3

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 20

Page 133: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.4 Auto-Calibration Sensors

The 123T control system can be interfaced to GPS, Fluxgate Compass, and Tilt sensors. Sensor options are typically set at Vertex RSI, and are based upon deliverable hardware. Tilt sensor type, Compass type, and GPS type are defined in Section 1.9.1, “System Options ACU’ on page 1-14.

1.9.4.1 GPS Parameters

If your system has the GPS sensor option, then site latitude, site longitude, and current time (GMT), will automatically be generated by the ACU. All site data can be viewed in the Setup/General Setup menu. Once the antenna is deployed, the time will run on an internal clock. If the antenna has been deployed for an extended period of time without tracking, it may be stowed and re-deployed to update the time to the current setting. Refer to Section 3, System Operating Instructions, for a complete description of GPS operation. Systems with the GPS sensor option will additionally calculate the local Magnetic Variance offset to be used with Compass data.

If your system does not have the GPS sensor option, then Site Lat/Lon can be entered manually by the operator at the Setup/General Setup menu. Longitude is entered as 0 to 180 degrees East or West (Selectable). Latitude is entered as 0 to 90 degrees North or South (Selectable). Time can also be entered at the Setup/General Setup menu.

1.9.4.2 Tilt Parameters

If your system has the Tilt sensor option, then antenna x-y tilt will automatically be calculated when Deploy or Calibrate mode is executed. The antenna tilt is ONLY read upon execution of Deploy or Calibrate mode. The control system operates in this way to avoid errors caused by random fluctuations of the sensors. Tilt information is displayed in the Setup/Calibrate menu.

Manual entry of antenna tilt is not available in the 123T control system.

1.9.4.3 Compass Parameters

If your system has the Fluxgate Compass sensor option, then the antenna magnetic look angle will automatically be generated by the ACU upon execution of Deploy or Calibrate mode. The current compass angle can be viewed in the Setup/Calibrate menu. Refer to Section 3, System Operating Instructions, for a complete description of Compass operation.

If your system does not have the Fluxgate Compass sensor option, but the compass type is configured as “Manual”, then the Compass Heading can be manually entered by the operator via the Setup/Calibrate menu.

If your system has compass type configured as “None”, then Compass Heading is not available to the user.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 21

Page 134: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.5 Integration Parameters

Integration Parameters are typically set at Vertex RSI, and are based on the deliverable hardware. These parameters are password protected and are not available to the user. The following discussion is directed to customers who are attempting their own system integration. Consult Vertex RSI Engineering for information on accessing these parameters.

1.9.5.1 Dish Aperture

The Dish Aperture can be found in the Setup/General Setup menu. Value is in meters.

1.9.5.2 Software Limits

The ACU provides a set of travel limits for each axis that prohibit movement beyond adjustable coordinates. Select the Setup/AZ, Setup/EL, and Setup/POL menus to get to the software limits. Software limits are entered in the raw encoder coordinate system. When setting the software limits, use the encoder position shown on the corresponding axis setup menu.

Set the software limits so that the antenna will stop prior to the hardware limits. Refer to Table 1-1, “240 MVO Antenna Hardware Limits,” on page 1-8 for the hardware limits recorded for each axis. Typically the software limits are set 0.1 degree (1 degree, POL) prior to the hardware limits. In elevation, the software limit is set 0.1° above the EL operational limit, not the EL stow limit. During a commanded stow sequence, the software and hardware limits are bypassed.

NOTE: For 240MVO Stow to operate properly, the POL CCW software limit must be set PAST the POL CCW hardware limit.

1.9.5.3 Stow Position

The Antenna Stow Position is customer specified prior to system delivery. Stow is a special preset position mode used to move the antenna to a storage position, transport position, or assembly/disassembly position. The AZ, EL, and POL Stow Position parameters define where the antenna will drive when Stow mode is executed. The AZ/EL/POL stow positions are in raw encoder coordinates, and are found in the Setup/General Setup menu.

Stow Position settings are dependent upon the Stow Type selected in Section 1.9.1.8, “Stow Type’ on page 1-15.

If 240MVO Stow Type is active, then AZ, EL, and POL stow positions can be entered as the Stow Position.

240MVO Stow mode automatically drives the antenna to the specified AZ, EL, and POL encoder positions. The Stow position parameters are determined as follows:

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 22

Page 135: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

For Azimuth, enter the AZ Stow Aligned Angle recorded in Table 2-2 as the AZ Stow position. For Polarization, subtract 0.5 degrees from the POL CCW hardware limit angle recorded in Table 2-2. For example, if POL CCW hardware limit was measured at 25.5 degrees, then the POL Stow Position should be set to 25.0 degrees. For Elevation, subtract 0.5 degrees from the EL Stowed angle recorded in Table 2-2. For example, if EL Stowed was measured at –69 degrees, then the EL Stow Position should be set to-69.5 degrees.

If Manual Stow Type is active, then AZ, EL, and POL stow positions are also available. External hardware switches are not used to interlock stow as described in 240MVO stow. The AZ/EL/POL stow positions are simply any valid angle in the normal operating region. When Manual Stow mode is executed, the antenna drives to the stow encoder coordinates then disables each axis.

If Stow Type is NONE, then Stow mode and Stow Positions are not available.

1.9.6 Axis Position Loop Parameters

Position Loop Parameters are typically set at Vertex RSI, and are based on the deliverable hardware. These parameters are password protected and are not available to the user. The following discussion is directed to customers who are attempting their own system integration. Consult Vertex RSI Engineering for instructions on how to access these parameters.

Position loop performance is determined by the Axis Loop Parameters. These parameters are accessed by selecting the Setup/AZ, Setup/EL, and Setup/POL menus. The following parameters are required in each axis for the position loop to operate properly: (Reference “Position Loop Filter (10644-)”, Fig. 1-5 on page 1-25)

Maximum Velocity - Enter the maximum slew velocity in deg/sec. If not known, measure the antenna movement for 10 seconds while using the PMU to slew the antenna (be sure that High Speed has been selected at the PMU). Use the measured movement to calculate the maximum velocity.

The following group of Axis Loop parameters are used to control the characteristics of the position loop. AZ and EL are similar and only one will be discussed. The fields are defined as follows:

Lag Break 1 - This parameter sets the first lag break frequency used by the position loop filter. Increasing this value will reduce limit cycle and make the system less responsive.

Lead Break - This parameter sets the lead break frequency used by the position loop filter. Decreasing this parameter will reduce overshoot and make the system less responsive to disturbances such as wind.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 23

Page 136: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

Crossover Freq - This parameter sets the open loop crossover frequency used by the position loop filter. The crossover should be as high as possible for best performance; however, increasing this parameter will increase ringing. This parameter should be set to less than 20% of the structural resonance.

Lag Break 2 - This parameter sets the second lag break frequency used by the position loop filter. Set this parameter to reduce the effects of random noise in the position loop. Typically set to 4-5 times the crossover.

Sqrt Trans Pt - This parameter sets the square root transition point used by the position loop filter. This parameter is in conjunction with the Trans PT. Hyst. set, the linear operation of the position loop. When outside this region, the transition algorithm is operating and loop performance is not optimized. Set this parameter to minimize overshoot when making large position moves. AZ and EL typically set to 0.10°.

Max Accel - This parameter controls the position acquisition algorithm rate of deceleration. Set this parameter to 50% of the maximum capability of the drive system. Typically, the drive system is set to provide full speed in one second.

Scan Accel - This parameter selects the percentage of the maximum axis acceleration that is used by the Scan mode of operation. This allows the system to minimize errors at the corners of the scan box. This value is typically set to 10% of the full acceleration.

Track Velocity - This parameter is valid for run-time Steptrack operation. The value is typically set to 33% of Max Velocity.

Deadband - This parameter is typically used with AC Single Speed Systems, but may also be used with DC Systems. This parameter will disable the axis when the position error is within the deadband value.

Hysteresis of 1.5 is used in conjunction with the deadband. For example: If the deadband parameter is 0.005°, then the axis will disable the motor when the position error is less than 0.005° and the motor will enable and drive to reduce the error when the position error reaches 1.5x0.005°=0.0075°. Setting the deadband to zero will disable this feature.

After setting the loop parameters, command several preset positions and verify that the antenna drives to the commanded position and holds.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 24

Page 137: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

FIGURE 1-5: POSITION LOOP FILTER (10644-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 25

Page 138: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

1.9.7 X-Y Antenna Parameters

X-Y Antenna Parameters are typically set at Vertex RSI, and are based on the deliverable hardware. These parameters are password protected and are not available to the user. X-Y Antenna Parameters are active only if the X-Y antenna option has been selected.

There are three X-Y Antenna Parameters, the X Axis Alignment, X Axis Polarity, and Y Axis Polarity. The combination of these three parameters determines how the (X-Y) to (AZ-EL) coordinate transformation occurs.

1.10 BASELINE ENCODER SETTINGS

During installation, Position encoders should be adjusted so that they give a known output relative to the mechanical antenna position. This ensures controllers can be swapped among a group of identical antennas.

To set the baseline Elevation angle, level the platform, then drive the antenna as closely as possible to a true horizontal look angle using the PMU. Verify the EL encoder offset is set to 0.0 in the Setup/EL Setup menu. Loosen the EL encoder coupling at the EL axis so that the EL encoder shaft can be turned by hand. While monitoring the EL encoder position in the Setup/EL Setup menu, hand rotate the EL encoder’s shaft until the reported position reads 0.0 degrees. Retighten the EL encoder coupling.

To set the baseline Azimuth angle, drive the antenna to the Azimuth stow angle. The azimuth stow angle typically is along a line of sight which is directly centered in the Azimuth mechanical travel range. Verify the AZ encoder offset is set to 0.0 in the Setup/AZ Setup menu. Loosen the AZ encoder coupling at the AZ axis so that the AZ encoder shaft can be turned by hand. While monitoring the AZ encoder position in the Setup/AZ Setup menu, hand rotate the AZ encoder’s shaft until the reported position reads 0.0 degrees. Re-tighten the AZ encoder coupling.

1.11 COMPASS CALIBRATION (KVH C100 COMPASS OPTION)

This procedure applies to systems with the KVH C100 compass option. Calibration is not available with the TRUE NORTH Compass Option.

Prior to setting the azimuth encoder offset, a “one-time” compass calibration needs to be performed. The purpose of this is for the compass to learn the magnetic characteristics of the antenna/platform. This allows the compass to differentiate the antenna magnetics from the earth magnetics.

The procedure involves moving the antenna in 45 degree steps. This can be accomplished by pulling the antenna/trailer back and forth to form a star pattern or by driving the antenna/trailer in a circle.

The calibration procedure is initiated and performed via the Setup/Calib/CalCompass screen. All instruction for performing this procedure can be observed on this screen.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 26

Page 139: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

The compass calibration procedure should be performed with the antenna fully stowed.

1.12 HOST COMPUTER PORT

If remote control of the antenna by an external computer or M&C system is required, connect the wiring as shown in the Hardware Interface Specification, “APPENDIX D - Servo System Drawings” on page D-1. Commands may be received by the ACU either through the optional Ethernet Connection or through the standard Host Computer Serial Link. The commands are executed on a first-in, first-out basis.

1.12.1 Host Port Setup

The Host Communications Port is configurable as RS422 or RS232 and has the following fixed data configuration: 19200 Baud, 8 Data Bits, One Stop Bit, No Parity, HW Flow Control OFF. Refer to Section 2.7.1.4, “Configuration Settings’ on page 2-11 for instructions to configure the port as RS422 or RS232.

1.13 ETHERNET

The 123T Ethernet System option operates over a TCP/IP socket connection on port 5001. The IP address is entered via the Front Panel menu Setup/TCPIP. The Ethernet connection is RJ-45, located at the ACU Rear Panel J3.

1.14 ALARM RELAY OUTPUTS AND ACU AUDIBLE ALARM

The ACU provides two form C relay outputs suitable to drive external alarm lights or horns. The ACU additionally provides an audible alarm to signal the presence of a fault condition. The relay outputs are:

The Summary Alarm relay operation is as follows:

• Summary Alarm relay activates when any fault condition is present.

• Summary Alarm relay clears when all fault conditions are removed.

ACU Ref Des Signal Name

J22-1 Relay 1, C – Unacknowledged Alarm

J22-2 Relay 1, NC – Unacknowledged Alarm

J22-3 Relay 1, NO – Unacknowledged Alarm

J22-4 Relay 2, C – Summary Alarm

J22-5 Relay 2, NC – Summary Alarm

J22-6 Relay 2, NO – Summary Alarm

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 27

Page 140: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 1 - Installation

The Unacknowledged Alarm relay operation is conditional based upon the Latching Fault parameter setting (Setup/General Setup menu).

With Latching Faults set OFF:

• Unacknowledged Alarm activates when a new fault condition occurs.

• Unacknowledged Alarm clears when the alarm is acknowledged or the fault condition is removed.

With Latching Faults set ON:

• Unacknowledged Alarm activates when a new fault condition occurs.

• Unacknowledged Alarm clears only when all fault conditions are acknowledged. Removing the fault condition (by itself) will not clear the alarm.

Alarm conditions are acknowledged by pressing any key on the ACU keypad.

The ACU audible alarm functionally mimics the Unacknowledged Alarm.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 1 - 28

Page 141: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

SECTION 2 - HARDWARE-ACU

2 ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT

2.1 GENERAL

The ACU is the primary operator interface for antenna control. Position commands, status gathering, trajectory predictions, operator interface, and the supervisory computer interface are implemented internal to the ACU. Through the front panel keypad, a local operator has the ability to command operational antenna modes, set parameters, and monitor fault/status information. See the “ACU Front Panel (12190-)”, Fig. 2-2 on page 2-3.

The functional “ACU Block Diagram (13180-)”, Fig. 2-3 on page 2-4, shows the inner architecture of the ACU. The major unit components consist of the following.

• Front Panel w/Keypad and LCD

• Microprocessor Motherboard

• Interface Board

• GPS Receiver Board

• Power Supply

• L-Band or 70 MHz Tracking Receiver Board with Adapter (optional)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 1

Page 142: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

All connectors are listed in Table 2-1, “ACU Rear Panel Connectors” below, including a brief functional description. Refer to the “Internal L-Band Receiver Option (12189-)”, Fig. 2-4 on page 2-5 and the“Internal 70 MHz Receiver Option (12192A)”, Fig. 2-5 on page 2-6 for connector locations.

Table 2-1: ACU Rear Panel Connectors

CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION REFERENCE

J1 Motherboard COM1 Section 2.7.2 Microprocessor Motherboard, PC104

J2 Motherboard COM2 Section 2.7.2 Microprocessor Motherboard, PC104

J3 Motherboard LPT1 Section 2.7.2 Microprocessor Motherboard, PC104

J4 ACU/PDU Serial and E-Stop Section 2.7.1.5.4 Serial Port 4

J5 Tracking Receiver Analog Inputs Section 2.7.1.10 Analog Inputs/Analog To Digital Conversion

J6 Supervisory Serial Port Section 2.7.1.5.2 Serial Port 2

J7 Digital Inputs Section 2.7.1.6 Digital Inputs

J8 Relay and Open Collector Outputs Sections 2.7.1.7 Relay Outputs, 2.7.1.6 Digital Inputs

A4J21 PMU Display Serial and GPS Serial Sections 2.7.1.5.1 Serial Port 1, 2.7.1.5.3 Serial Port 3

A4J22 Summary Alarm Outputs Section 2.7.1.7 Relay Outputs

A3 GPS Antenna Section 2.7.8 GPS Receiver Board

A2J5 L-Band Input (Optional) Section 2.7.7 L-Band Tracking Receiver Board (Optional)

A2J6 70 MHz Input (Optional) Section 2.7.9 70 MHZ Tracking Receiver Board (optional)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 2

Page 143: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

FIGURE 2-2: ACU FRONT PANEL (12190-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 3

Page 144: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

FIGURE 2-3: ACU BLOCK DIAGRAM (13180-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 4

Page 145: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

FIGURE 2-4: INTERNAL L-BAND RECEIVER OPTION (12189-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 5

Page 146: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

FIGURE 2-5: INTERNAL 70 MHZ RECEIVER OPTION (12192A)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 6

Page 147: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

2.2.1 Power Switch

The Power Switch is located at the front of the chassis. The supply is 100 Watt auto-switching.

2.2.2 Emergency STOP Switch

The alternate action Emergency STOP Switch is located in the left center of the front panel. This switch will be illuminated Red when depressed and in the fault condition. All antenna axes will be disabled. The Emergency STOP Switch provides an isolated set of contacts to disable the PDU and is operable even when the ACU power is off.

2.2.3 LCD Display

The front panel LCD Display provides operator access to all operational antenna modes, setup parameters, and fault/status information.

2.2.4 Keypad

The keypad is used for local operator control of the antenna system via a soft key environment. Mode selection, fault/status information, and parameter settings are accessible.

2.2.5 LCD Contrast Controls

The LCD contrast control potentiometer is located internal to the chassis at ACU Interface Board R175.

2.2.6 Front Panel LED’s

Refer to the Operations Manual, “ACU Internal Heater” and “Dual Pedestal Support” for more information. Refer to Section 2.7.1.15, “ACU Reset and Chassis Temperature Monitor’ on page 2-15 for more information.

2.2.7 Audible Alarm

The ACU audible alarm signals a System, ACU, or PDU fault condition. Operation of the audible alarm is detailed in the Section 1.14, “Alarm Relay Outputs and ACU audible alarm’ on page 1-27.

2.3 START UP PROCEDURE

Place the ACU power switch in the ON position. The system will take approximately one minute to initialize the operating program prior to entering normal operation.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 7

Page 148: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.4 OPERATION UNDER EMERGENCY OR ADVERSE CONDITIONS

In the event of a failure internal to the ACU, the antenna can be controlled with the Portable Maintenance Unit. The front panel mounted Emergency STOP Switch remains operable with the power removed from the ACU.

2.5 SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE

To shut down the ACU, turn off the power switch.

2.6 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN

Emergency shutdown of antenna movement can be done with the Emergency STOP Switch on the front panel.

2.7 ACU COMPONENTS

2.7.1 Interface Board

The Antenna Control Unit (ACU) Interface Board provides an interface between the ACU computer and the rest of the Antenna Control System. See “ACU Interface Board Block Diagram (12188A)”, Fig. 2-6 on page 2-9. With up to four serial ports, a communications link is provided between the ACU and the Power Drive Unit (PDU), a supervisory computer, GPS Board and optional external RF equipment. The ACU Interface Board contains eight digital inputs, and two form C relay outputs. The relay outputs can be used for switching beacons and summary alarms or other external equipment. A 16-bit analog to digital converter (ADC) is used for monitoring tracking signal inputs and power supply voltages. A keypad encoder provides a user interface through the ACU’s front panel. A real time battery backup clock is included. See “Antenna Control Unit Interface Board (12187-)”, Fig. 2-7 on page 2-10.

2.7.1.1 Reset Switch

The reset switch (S1) is located on the edge of the ACU Interface Board, towards the front of the ACU chassis. Depressing the switch resets the ACU computer.

2.7.1.2 Reset LED

The reset LED (DS1) is located on the edge of the ACU Interface Board, towards the front of the ACU chassis. The reset LED lights up briefly when the ACU is reset.

2.7.1.3 LCD Contrast Potentiometer

The LCD Contrast Potentiometer (R175) is located on the edge of the AC interface board near the real-time clock back-up battery.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 8

Page 149: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

FIGURE 2-6: ACU INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM (12188A)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 9

Page 150: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

FIGURE 2-7: ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT INTERFACE BOARD (12187-)

BatterySerial Port Switches

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 10

Page 151: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.7.1.4 Configuration Settings

2.7.1.4.1 Serial Port Configuration Switches

These switches are used to configure the ACU’s individual serial ports to either EIA-232, EIA 422. Refer to “Antenna Control Unit Interface Board (12187-)”, Fig. 2-7 on page 2-10 for switch locations. The following table lists each serial port function.

2.7.1.4.2 Configuration Settings

These jumper blocks are used to place the ACU in different configurations

.

PORT SWITCH RESERVED FUNCTION

1 S4 PMU Display

2 S3 Supervisory Serial Link

3 S2 GPS

J41: Pins 3 and 4, and Pins 5 and 6 are connected, providing a pull-up configuration.

Connect Pins 1 and 2, and Pins 7 and 8 for pull-down configuration

J44: INTERRUPTPins 5 and 6 are connected, selecting IRQ 12

J13: SERIAL PORT INTERRUPTPins 9 and 10 are connected, selecting IRQ 9

J23: 12V OUTPUT for self powered modem.Connect Pins 1 and 2 for 12V output on TX- and RX- pins of Serial Ports 1, 2 and 3 when RS-232 is selected.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 11

Page 152: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.7.1.5 Serial Ports

The ACU Interface Board is populated with four serial ports of differing configurations. See the following for a description of each individual port. All available ports use the 16550 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) (U39-42) as an interface to the ACU. The UART converts serial data received from external equipment into parallel data to the CPU and converts parallel data from the CPU to serial data for transmission via EIA-232 or EIA-422 standards. The UART’s programmable baud rate generator divides the on board 1.8432 MHz oscillator (G2) down to a 16 X clock to drive the transmitter and receiver logic at the appropriate frequency. The ACU defaults to a setting of 9600 baud, with a maximum baud rate of 115,200. See the Software Interface Specification, “APPENDIX D - Servo System Drawings” on page D-1, for setup information on each serial port, including the number of data and stop bits, parity, and the recommended baud rate. Nominal 12 Volt power is available on selected pins for use with self-powered EIA-232 fiber optic modems.

2.7.1.5.1 Serial Port 1

Serial port one provides the PMU Display link. This port is normally configured for RS-422.

2.7.1.5.2 Serial Port 2

Serial port two is the supervisory computer interface to the Antenna Control System. Two signal lines are available: RXD and TXD. This port is switchable between EIA-232 and EIA-422 configurations by means of switch S3. MC1488 (U48), MC1489 (U41), MC3486 (U42), and MC3487 (U49) or equivalent are used to drive and receive the serial data signals. Connection to this port is provided by D-Sub J6.

2.7.1.5.3 Serial Port 3

Serial port three is used internally in the ACU to interface with the GPS Receiver Board. This port is normally configured for RS-422.

2.7.1.5.4 Serial Port 4

Serial port four is an optically isolated data link between the ACU and the PDU. This serial port is used in all systems in which both ACU and PDU are present, and is the primary means of data transfer between the two units. The Transmitted Data (TXD) line is driven by an MC3487 or equivalent EIA-422 differential line driver (U49B). In-line 22 Ohm resistors (R202, 203) are placed on both lines of the differential output to protect the line driver. A high speed optocoupler (U46), protected by diode D10 and resistor R204, is used on the Received Data (RXD) line to isolate the board from transients. Connection to this port is provided by D-Sub J4.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 12

Page 153: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.7.1.6 Digital Inputs

Eight digital inputs are available for receiving external status. The bank of inputs can be configured with either 10K Ohm pull up or pull down resistors, driving into a 74HC244 bus driver (U13). Ground is available in the pull up configuration, and power (5V) is available in the pull down configuration, for use in switch closure status reporting. Connection to this port is provided by D-Sub J7.

2.7.1.7 Relay Outputs

This board contains two form C relay outputs. The relays are used to control external equipment such as alarms, lights or horns. Aromat TQ2E-5V or equivalent single side stable relays are used. These relays are not internally latched; therefore, 74HC273’s are used to latch the data. Each relay contains two form C contacts. One set of contacts is used in the ACU Self Test mode, while the other set is available for connection to external equipment. The Aromat relays have five-Volt DC coils and can switch up to one Amp of current. Rated maximum switching voltage is 110 VDC, and 125 VAC. Response time is typically two milliseconds. The relays are available on a 9 pin D connector, J22. Refer to Section 1.14, “Alarm Relay Outputs and ACU audible alarm’ on page 1-27 for more information on these alarm outputs.

2.7.1.8 Keypad

The keypad encoder is Fairchild Semiconductor 74C922 (U5). The keypad on the front panel of the ACU contains 24 switches arranged in a 6X4 matrix. Driver lines D1-D6 and sense lines S1-S4 are used. The sense lines have internal pull down resistors and are driven high when a key is depressed. A key press interrupt is sent to the 82C59A interrupt controller (U25) which interrupts the microprocessor. The repeat function will send out key repeated interrupts after a delay of approximately 1.5 seconds, with a repeat rate of five characters per second. The initial time delay can be reduced by U16D when in Jog Mode. The repeat rate is set by R108, C56, and a 555 timer (U15).

2.7.1.9 Digital Outputs

This board contains two open collector outputs. The open collectors control external equipment such as the summary alarms and beacon receivers. Open collector outputs are written to a 74HC273 latch (U39) by software. SN75468 Darlington transistor array (U45) with a peak rating of 500 milliamps and 30 volts are used as drivers for the open collector outputs. The open collector outputs are available on D-Sub J22.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 13

Page 154: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.7.1.10 Analog Inputs/Analog To Digital Conversion

Analog to digital conversion is performed by an LTC1605 monolithic 16-bit converter with an integral nonlinearity of +/-2 LSB. An ADG426 latching sixteen-channel analog multiplexer is used to select analog signals input to the analog to digital converter (ADC). Five analog signals are used for monitoring power supply voltages +5, -5, +12, -12, and the real-time clock battery. Three of the eight lines are available on J5 for external inputs such as tracking signals or test signals. Input signals are scaled and filtered to the appropriate frequency by op-amp circuits. Typically, the roll-off frequency will be set at approximately one Hertz. The LTC1605 ADC has a built-in Sample and Hold Amplifier (SHA) and a 2.5 Volt reference.

2.7.1.11 Real Time Clock

An Epson RTC-74241A Real Time Clock (RTC) (U35) provides an accurate time reference when external time keeping signals are not available. The clock has a built-in oscillator with a frequency tolerance of +/-10 ppm at 25°C. Internal counters keep track of time and date. Leap year and 12/24 hour formats are also available. The Real Time Clock generates a 64 Hz interrupt output used to drive the loop update cycle through IR4 of the 82C59A interrupt controller (U25).

2.7.1.12 Interrupt Controller

The interrupt controller used is an 82C59A (U25). The 8 interrupt lines are used as follows:

All interrupts from the 82C59A are sent to IRQ12 on the AT bus. If problems with conflicting interrupts arise, the interrupts can be moved to either IRQ10, IRQ11, IRQ5, or IRQ9 by resetting J44. Interrupt requests from the serial ports can also be sent to a different IRQ line by setting J43.

IRO = Keypad repeat

IR1 = Keypad

IR2 = Timer 1

IR3 = Timer 2

IR4 = Real Time Clock

IR5 = Timer 0

IR6 = Serial ports 1 & 4

IR7 = Serial ports 2 & 3

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 14

Page 155: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.7.1.13 Address Decoding

Address decoding is performed by a EPM7064S programmable logic device (PLD) (U40) and associated circuitry. The PC I/O space is normally limited to 1024 bytes defined by SA09 to SA00. Higher order address lines (above SA09) may be used, however, as long as they do not interfere with any I/O devices which may only decode SA09 to SA00. Addresses for the clock and serial ports come directly from the PLD, which decodes SA11 to SA03. Lower order addresses, theI/O Read (IOR) and the I/O Write (IOW), are buffered by a 74HCT244 line driver (U44) and used as the internal address bus. Data is driven to and from the internal bus by 74HCT245 directional bus transceivers (U18, 32). The bus transceiver is activated by the PLD when an on-board address is detected.

2.7.1.14 Power On Reset

Upon power up, the RC circuit (R90 & C47) will hold the PWRON signal low and the PWRON* signal high for approximately 4.5 seconds. All 74HC273 latches and the ADG426 analog multiplexer will power up with their CLR*/RS* lines low, causing a clear/reset operation. This insures that there will not be any random data in the latches and that there will not be an input to the A/D upon power up. The PWRON* signal is used to reset the UARTS upon power up. A reset switch (S1) allows reset of the microprocessor. The RESETDRV STATUS LED (DS1) will turn on to signal presence of a reset command.

2.7.1.15 ACU Reset and Chassis Temperature Monitor

The ACU has four independent microprocessor reset inputs. Reset will occur if any one of the four become active. If microprocessor reset occurs, the reset status LED (DS1) and the ACU front panel LED “Warm Up” will light to signal the presence of a reset command. The first reset input is the push-button S1 found on the ACU interface board. Switch S1 is used to manually reset the microprocessor. The second reset input is the power supply “Power Good” signal, located at J30 pin 1. This signal prevents microprocessor operation in the event of power supply failure, and also has a time delay to allow for power supply stabilization. The third reset input is found at the microprocessor supervisory chip U8, which will signal a reset condition if the +5V supply falls below 4.65V. The last reset input is generated by temperature monitor chip U20, which signals a reset condition if the internal chassis temperature falls below 32 F ( 0 C).

2.7.2 Microprocessor Motherboard, PC104

The Microprocessor Board is based upon the PCI04 standard. BIOS settings are held in non-volatile memory, thus eliminating the need for external battery backup for CMOS RAM. The Motherboard COM A and COM B, and serial ports are accessible at the ACU Rear Panel. COM A is used with an optional external Tracking Receiver. COM B is used with an optional external modem.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 15

Page 156: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 2 - Hardware-ACU

2.7.3 Solid State Disk Drive

The Solid State Disk Drive is 16 Gbytes of non-volatile memory. This drive contains the main operating program. A second solid state disk drive contains all tracking database and operating Parameter information. Refer to the Operations Manual for information about re-loading the operating program software.

2.7.4 Power Supply

The Power Supply is a switching power converter, supplying ±5VDC and ±12VDC. Each output has foldback current protection.

2.7.5 Battery Replacement

The battery voltage for the nonvolatile clock is 3.0 V. If the voltage falls below 2.5 V, the ACU will report a battery failure upon power-up.

2.7.6 Chassis Strip Heater

The Chassis Strip Heater operates at 12VDC, and generates 14 Watts. The strip heater is attached beneath the Receiver card bracket. The chassis heater set point is 59°F (15°C).

2.7.7 L-Band Tracking Receiver Board (Optional)

For information on the L-Band Tracking Receiver Board and associated adapter board, see Section 7, RF Options.

2.7.8 GPS Receiver Board

The GPS Receiver Board sends antenna position information to the satellite acquisition routing, allowing the software to correct for changes in the antenna’s latitude, longitude, and altitude. An external antenna is required for GPS operation and the antenna is connected at GPS IN on the ACU Rear Panel. For more information on the GPS Receiver’s capabilities, see the Vendor Data section of the O&M.

2.7.9 70 MHZ Tracking Receiver Board (optional)

For information on the 70 MHz Tracking Receiver Board and associated adapter board, see Section 7, RF Options.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 2 - 16

Page 157: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

SECTION 3 - HARDWARE-PDU

3 PDU - POWER DRIVE UNIT - 123T

3.1 GENERAL

The Power Drive Unit (PDU) provides the electrical interface necessary to move the antenna structure. Status interlocks, axis position transducers, limit switches, and motor tachometer feedback are all read by the PDU. The antenna status information is sent continuously to the ACU by serial link. The ACU then generates axis enables and axis rate commands, which the PDU converts to motor current commands.

The 123T PDU additionally has stand-alone Portable Maintenance Unit interface circuitry. This allows the antenna to be controlled independent of any ACU command.

3.1.1 Rackmount Options

The Power Drive Unit (PDU) is available in a 1RU or 2RU rackmount aluminum enclosure. These PDU’s are designed for interface to motors which require less than 48VDC.

The 1RU and 2RU PDU’s are functionally identical. The 1RU PDU’s are specified for systems with limited rack space. The 2RU PDU’s are specified for systems that require the J7 and J8 mil circular connector interface.

See the “1RU and 2RU PDU Front Panels (13008-/13004-)”, Fig. 3-1 on page 3-3 for overall dimensions of each unit.

The “1RU and 2RU PDU Rear Panels (13010-/13006-)”, Fig. 3-2 on page 3-4 shows each connector location on the PDU rear panel of each unit.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 1

Page 158: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

All rack mount PDU connectors, including a brief functional description, are as follows:

3.1.2 Bulkhead Mount PDU

The Power Drive Unit (PDU) is available in a weatherproof bulkhead mound aluminum enclosure. This PDU is designed for interface to motors which require up to 160VDC. The Bulkhead Mount PDU is functionally identical to the rackmount variants with the exception that power input is 3 phase 208VAC.

See the “Bulkhead Mount Outline Drawing (13213-)”, Fig. 3-3 on page 3-5 for overall dimensions of each unit.

The “Bulkhead Mount Connector Drawing (13212-)”, Fig. 3-4 on page 3-6 shows each connector location on the PDU.

All PDU connectors, including a brief functional description, are as follows:

CONNECTOR 1RU CHASSIS 2RU CHASSIS DESCRIPTION

J9 15 pin D 15 pin D El Resolver

J11 15 pin D 15 pin D AZ Resolver

J3 9 pin D 9 pin D Alternate Tach Inputs

J4 9 pin D 9 pin D Tilt Sensor & AZ/EL Potentiometer

J5 15 pin D 15 pin D ACU Serial + E-Stop

J6 15 pin D 15 pin D Compass & Test

J7 37 pin D MS3102E28-21S Limits, Feed Status

J8 Mixed signal D, 21WA4 MS3102E28-15S Motors, Tachs

J10 MS3124E16-26S MS3124E16-26S PMU Interface

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR TYPE DESCRIPTION

J1 CA3102E16S-8P Three Phase Power Input

J2 MS3102E24-28S AZ / EL Resolver

J3 CA3102E20-27S Test

J4 CA3102E20-27S Tilt Sensor, AZ/EL Potentiometer,Compass

J5 CA3102E18-1S ACU Serial + E-Stop

J6 MS3124E16-26S PMU Interface

J7 MS3102E28-21S Limits, Feed Status

J8 MS3102E28-15S Motors, Tachs

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 2

Page 159: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-1: 1RU AND 2RU PDU FRONT PANELS (13008-/13004-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 3

Page 160: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-2: 1RU AND 2RU PDU REAR PANELS (13010-/13006-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 4

Page 161: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-3: BULKHEAD MOUNT OUTLINE DRAWING (13213-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 5

Page 162: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-4: BULKHEAD MOUNT CONNECTOR DRAWING (13212-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 6

Page 163: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

3.2.1 Power Switch and LED Indicator

The main PDU power switch is located on the PDU front panel along with a pilot LED. The PDU front panel also has a thermal circuit breaker, rated 10 amps continuous.

3.3 START UP PROCEDURE

Power can be applied to the PDU at any time after the interconnection of system components is completed and the main power is energized.

To activate the PDU, push the switch on the front panel to the “ON” positIon. This applies power to the PDU and Drive Board. If the ACU is connected and powered, the ACU/PDU link will be established and the system will be ready to operate.

3.4 OPERATION UNDER EMERGENCY OR ADVERSE CONDITIONS

If the ACU becomes disabled or unusable for any reason (i.e. power loss), the antenna can be moved using the PMU.

3.5 SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE

The PDU does not require the operator to follow a strict shut down procedure, but one may be implemented by site personnel for safety reasons. A suggested shut down procedure follows, and may be modified as necessary:

1. Drive antenna to stow or suitable “PARK” position.

2. Command STANDBY mode at the ACU.

3. Turn off the PDU power switch.

4. PDU is now shut down and movement is disabled.

3.5.1 Emergency Shut Down

Emergency shutdown of antenna movement can be done with the Emergency STOP Switch on the ACU front panel.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 7

Page 164: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.6 RACKMOUNT PDU

See the functional “Rackmount PDU Block Diagram (13216-)”, Fig. 3-5 on page 3-9.

The major unit components of the PDU are as follows:

SECTION COMPONENT

5.9.1 A6 - PDU Drive Board

5.9.2 A1 - PWM Motor Amplifier Assembly

5.9.3 PS1 - Logic Switching Power Supply

5.9.4 PS2 - 800 Watt, 48V Switching Power Supply

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 8

Page 165: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-5: RACKMOUNT PDU BLOCK DIAGRAM (13216-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 9

Page 166: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.7 BULKHEADMOUNT PDU

See the functional “Bulkhead Mount PDU Block Diagram (13217-)”, Fig. 3-6 on page 3-11.

The major unit components of the PDU are as follows:

3.8 PDU I/O

3.8.1 AZ, EL Resolver Interface

The AZ and EL resolvers are driven with a 4 KHz, 4V RMS reference oscillator, located on the drive board. Sin and Cos resolver outputs are scaled and buffered at the Drive Board. Sixteen bit monolithic Resolver to Digital Converter (RDC) chips convert the Sin and Cos analog signals into parallel digital data. AZ and EL RDC data is read by the Drive Board microprocessor, and then sent to the ACU via serial link for display and further processing. Higher resolution 8:1 encoders are also supported by the drive board.

3.8.2 ACU Serial Link and E-Stop Switch

The ACU serial link is interfaced to PDU connector J5. The ACU link is a high speed, RS-422 compatible connection. The ACU Emergency Stop switch circuit is also routed through connector J5, providing means for an independent and immediate disable of all antenna axes.

SECTION COMPONENT

5.9.1 A1 - PDU Drive Board

5.9.2 A2 - PWM Motor Amplifier Assembly

5.9.3 PS1 - Logic Switching Power Supply

5.9.5 PS2 - 110 Watt, 48V Switching Power Supply

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 10

Page 167: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-6: BULKHEAD MOUNT PDU BLOCK DIAGRAM (13217-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 11

Page 168: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.8.3 Limits, Feed Status

All limit switch outputs are interfaced to PDU connector J7. Limits can be software configured with pull-up or pull-down resistors.

PTC fuse protected +12 VDC is available at J7 for limit switch power. A 0 VDC interlock input indicates the axis is in limit. Each axis limit switch connects to redundant interlock circuitry found on the Drive Board, and each switch is used to generate corresponding directional enables. Feed status signals also are also routed to the PDU through connector J7. Refer to System Schematic and PDU Schematic for pin information on connector J7.

3.8.4 Motors and Tachs

AZ and EL Motor armature connections are interfaced to PDU connector J8. AZ and EL Tachometer feedback signals are also interfaced to connector J8. Refer to System Schematic and PDU Schematic for pin information on connector J8.

3.8.5 Signal Meter Outputs

AZ and EL PWM Amplifier current monitor outputs are available for monitoring purposes at PDU connector J3. Three spare analog signal meter outputs are also present at J3 (Bulkhead PDU) or J6 (Rackmount PDU). Refer to System Schematic and PDU Schematic for pin information on connectors J3 and J6.

3.8.6 PMU Interface

The Portable Maintenance Unit connections are interfaced to Rackmount PDU front panel connector J10, or Bulkhead PDU connector J6. The PMU is supplied with PTC fuse protected +12 VDC power. Refer to System Schematic and PDU Schematic for pin information on connector J10.

3.8.7 X, Y Clinometer Interface

The X and Y Clinometers are interfaced to PDU connector J4. Connector J4 supplys +12VDC, -12VDC, and GND to power the Clinometers. Each Clinometer produces an analog output signal proportional to the sensed antenna platform angle. These analog output signals are read by the Drive Board with a 12 bit analog to digital converter (ADC). Clinometer ADC data is read by the Drive Board microprocessor, and then sent to the ACU via serial link for display and further processing.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 12

Page 169: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.8.8 Heading Sensor Serial Link

The Magnetic Heading Sensor (Compass), is interfaced to Rackmount PDU connector J6 or Bulkhead PDU connector J4. The Compass connector supplies +12VDC and GND to power the Heading Sensor. The Heading sensor produces a RS-232 serial output message containing the sensed antenna platform compass direction. Heading information is read by the Drive Board microprocessor, and then relayed to the ACU via serial link for display and further processing.

3.9 PDU COMPONENTS

3.9.1 PDU Drive Board

The PDU Drive Board is a 8186 microprocessor based board providing the primary interface for all status, interlock, axis position, and motor tachometer data. All antenna status information read by the Drive Board is sent continuously to the ACU over the ACU/PDU serial link. The ACU then generates axis enables and axis rate commands, which the Drive Board converts to motor current commands. The Drive Board contains all circuitry necessary to interface a Portable Maintenance Unit, and provides redundant interlock circuitry. Refer to “Drive Board Block Diagram (13215-)”, Fig. 3-7 on page 3-14 for a functional block diagram.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 13

Page 170: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-7: DRIVE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM (13215-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 14

Page 171: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.1 Rate Loop Closure

Electronics on the PDU Drive Board provide rate loop closure. This circuitry is used to control AZ and EL motor speed. The output of the AZ and EL rate loops are motor current commands, which are sent to the PWM Amplifier Board. See “AZ/EL Rate Loop Closure”, Fig. 3-8 on page 3-16. The rate loop circuitry is independent of the Drive Board’s microprocessor. As depicted on the AZ/EL Rate Loop Closure block diagram, the circuit accepts ratecommands, axis enables, and rate feedback to close the rate loop. The rate command is generated either by the Portable Maintance Unit (PMU), or the Drive Board Digital to Analog converter (DAC). The rate command is then processed by the rate clamp. If the antenna is in a prelimit condition, speed commands further into the limit are blocked at this point and a small backout speed command is issued. After the rate clamp, the command passes through an acceleration limit circuit. Once past the acceleration limit, the rate command is summed with the rate feedback to create a rate (speed) error. The rate error is frequency compensated, then current clamped before being sent to the PWM Amplifier Board as a current command.

Velocity limit input and Stow Logic apply only to the Elevation axis. The Velocity limit input is connected to an external interlock and is used to reduce the Elevation speed command to 1/10 full rate. Stow Logic circuits reduce the Elevation current limit clamp to 30% of peak when EL Velocity limit input is applied. Stow Logic also performs EL axis auto-shutdown when the 30% EL current limit is exceeded.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 15

Page 172: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-8: AZ/EL RATE LOOP CLOSURE

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 16

Page 173: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.2 PDU Auto Configuration Control

The PDU Drive Board is equipped with circuitry which allows four PDU hardware configurations to be stored in serial EEPROM. Each hardware configuration is indexed to a PDU antenna type input. PDU antenna type inputs are available at the rear panel J7 connector.

The valid antenna types are decoded as follows:

Each Antenna Type input has an internal pull down to ground. If no antenna type inputs are active, the default Antenna Configuration 0 is selected. A +12V jumper applied at Antenna Type Input #1 maps to Antenna Configuration Number 1. Configurations 2 and 3 are mapped to Antenna Type inputs 2 and 3 respectively. The contents of each Antenna configuration can be updated via ACU software control. Configuration data is passed from the ACU to the PDU via the main ACU-PDU RS422 serial link. Only one configuration can be selected at a time. Only the detected configuration can be updated from the ACU. Once the configuration has been received at the drive board, it is sent to the I2C serial bus controller which writes the configuration data (and associated Antenna Type) to serial EEPROM memory.

If the PDU is powered without an ACU, the Antenna configuration detected at the PDU will automatically recall from Drive Board serial EEPROM memory.

The ACU contains “Master” Antenna configuration database. The PDU database is a “Slave” copy. Any ACU-PDU database mis-match will result in transfer of the “Master” configuration from the ACU to the PDU.

Information in serial EEPROM memory is used to configure several additional I2C serial devices on the Drive Board. Digital I/O multiplexer chips are used to enable or disable hardware options such as interlocks. Digital potentiometers are used to modify analog signals for Tachometer scaling and Current limit selection.

PDU ANTENNA TYPE INPUTS

Antenna Config.

Ant Type 1 Ant Type 2 Ant Type 3

0 (Default) OFF OFF OFF

1 +12V OFF OFF

2 OFF +12V OFF

3 OFF OFF +12V

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 17

Page 174: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

The Hardware devices available for auto-configuration are as follows:

For backwards compatibility, the Digital I/O multiplexer chips can also be programmed via DIP switches. The EEPROM/DIP switch shown in “Auto Configuration Control Block Diagram (13205-)”, Fig. 3-9 on page 3-19 is used to select the Digital I/O multiplexer input source.

A stand-alone windows program can be used to configure Digital potentiometers when the PDU is used with legacy ACU’s that lack supporting software.

Additional information is available in “APPENDIX C - Multiple Pedestal Support” on page C-1.

DEVICE FUNCTION OPTION #1 OPTION #2

Digital I/O AZ and EL Prelimit Input Pull-Up Pull-Down

Digital I/O AZ and EL Handcrank Input Pull-Up Pull-Down

Digital I/O Antenna E-Stop Input Pull-Up Pull-Down

Digital I/O AZ/EL Motor speed feedback Tach Input BEMF Input

Digital I/O Alternate Rate Gain Rate Gain #1 Rate Gain #2

Digital I/O EL Velocity Limit Enabled Disabled

Digital I/O Antenna Connect Fail Input Enabled Disabled

Potentiometer AZ Tachometer/BEMF Gain Variable 0.2 to 1 in 0.2 % increments

Potentiometer EL Tachometer/BEMF Gain Variable 0.2 to 1 in 0.2 % increments

Potentiometer AZ Peak Current Limit Variable 0 to 30 amps in 0.16A increments

Potentiometer AZ Continuous Current Limit Variable 0 to 15 amps in 0.08A increments

Potentiometer EL Peak Current Limit Variable 0 to 30 amps in 0.16A increments

Potentiometer EL Continuous Current Limit Variable 0 to 15 amps in 0.08A increments

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 18

Page 175: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-9: AUTO CONFIGURATION CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM (13205-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 19

Page 176: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.3 AZ/EL Variable Tach Scaling

The PDU Drive Board utilizes variable gain amplifiers to provide programmable motor speed control for AZ and EL. There are three AZ and three EL tachometer inputs, designated AZ tach1, AZ tach2, AZ tach3, EL tach1, EL tach2, and EL tach3.

Each set of tachometer inputs has a input gain and voltage range as detailed below:

AZ and EL Tachometer inputs 1 and 2 are located at PDU rear panel connector J8, Tachometer Input 3 is located at PDU rear panel connector J3. Only one AZ input and one EL input should be connected.

A variable gain amplifier follows the fixed gain amplifiers. Refer to “Variable Tach Scaling Block Diagram (13204-)”, Fig. 3-10 on page 3-21. The variable gain amplifier is programmable from G=0.2 to G=1.0 in 0.2% increments. The variable gain amplifier can be programmed from the ACU or it can be auto configured based upon detected antenna type. Refer to Section 3.9.1.2, “PDU Auto Configuration Control’ on page 3-17 for more information on PDU Auto Configuration control.

Gain adjustment is accomplished by changing the output voltage of digital potentiometers located on the Drive Board. The digital potentiometers are adjustable in 256 incremental steps. The formulas for setting each digital potentiometer are as follows:

When using Tach 1 inputs, the Digital Potentiometer setting = 768 / Vin.When using Tach 2 inputs, the Digital Potentiometer setting = 384 / Vin.When using Tach 3 inputs, the Digital Potentiometer setting = 1792 / Vin.

Where Vin = the motor tachometer output (volts) at the desired motor speed.

Example: The desired motor speed is 2500 RPM at full antenna velocity. The motor tachometer generates 3V per thousand RPM. Therefore, the tach output voltage at 2500 RPM = (3)*(2.5) = 7.5 volts. Tach input 1 has an allowable range of 5 to 10V at full motor speed, so the motor tach is connected here. The digital potentiometer setting required is 768 / 7.5 = 102.4. So, rounding to the nearest whole number, the digital potentiometer setting at the ACU should be entered as 102.

A separate analog switch allows selection of tachometer rate feedback or BEMF rate feedback. AZ and EL BEMF circuitry resides at the PWM Amplifier Board.

TACHOMETER INPUTS

Input # Input Gain Allowable Tach Voltage at Motor Full speed

1 0.665 5 to 10V

2 1.34 3 to 5V

3 0.288 10 to 30V

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 20

Page 177: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-10: VARIABLE TACH SCALING BLOCK DIAGRAM (13204-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 21

Page 178: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.4 Programmable Current Limits

The AZ and EL motor current limits are adjustable from 0 to 15A (continuous rating) and 0 to 30A ( 2 second peak rating). Current limit programming is accomplished by changing the output voltage of digital potentiometers located on the PDU Drive Board. The digital potentiometers are adjustable in 256 incremental steps. Current limits can be set from the ACU front panel or auto-configured based upon detected antenna type. Refer to Section 3.9.1.2, “PDU Auto Configuration Control’ on page 3-17 for more information on PDU Auto Configuration control.

The formulas for setting each currrent limit are as follows:

To set the Continuous Current limit:Digital Potentiometer setting = 12.8 * Ic.

To set the 2 second Peak Current limit:Digital Potentiometer setting = 6.4 * Ip.

Where Ic = the desired continuous current limit (amps), and Ip = the desired peak current limit (amps).

Example: The desired current limits are 10 amps continuous, 15 amps peak. Therfore, the required potentiometer setting for the continuous current limit potentiometer is 10*12.8 = 128 and the required potentiometer setting for the peak current limit potentiometer is 15*6.4 = 96.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 22

Page 179: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.5 Interlock Inputs

The 123T PDU has provisions for the following hardware interlocks:

Interlocks with Software Programmable Pull Up / Pull Down capability can be programmed from the ACU or auto-configured based upon detected antenna type. Refer to Section 3.9.1.2, “PDU Auto Configuration Control’ on page 3-17 for more information on PDU Auto Configuration control.

Jumper programmable Interlocks can be programmed by applying an external +12V to the “Enable Pull-up” input at PDU rear panel connector J7.

NOTE: Applying the “Enable Pull-Up” jumper causes the AZ CW, AZ CCW, EL UP, EL DN and Antenna Safe Pull-Ups to be applied simutaneously.

Digital I/O multiplexer chips located on the PDU Drive board are used to set the interlock input configuration. See “Typical Interlock Input (13206-)”, Fig. 3-11 on page 3-24 for a functional diagram. Active Low interlocks with Pull Down require a +12V input signal to clear the fault condition.

INTERLOCK DISABLES ACTIVE PULL DOWN ONLY

SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE PULL UP OR PULL DOWN

JUMPER PROGRAMMABLE PULL UP OR PULL DOWN

AZ CW Prelimit AZ CW LOW Yes Yes - Note 1

AZ CCW Prelimit AZ CCW LOW Yes Yes - Note 1

EL UP Prelimit EL UP LOW Yes Yes - Note 1

EL DN Prelimit EL DN LOW Yes Yes – Note 1

POL CW Limit POL CW LOW Yes

POL CCW Limit POL CCW LOW Yes

AZ Handcrank AZ LOW Yes

EL Handcrank EL LOW Yes

ACU E-Stop AZ, EL, POL LOW Yes

Antenna E-Stop AZ, EL, POL LOW Yes

Antenna Safe AZ, EL, POL HIGH Yes Yes – Note 1

Antenna Connect See 5.9.1.6 LOW Yes

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 23

Page 180: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-11: TYPICAL INTERLOCK INPUT (13206-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 24

Page 181: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.6 Egress Connect Fail Interlock

The Egress Connect Fail Interlock provides a means to detect proper antenna cable connection. A single interlock circuit is looped through each egress cable connection. Failure to complete the interlock chain results in a Egress Connect Fail Fault. Routing the interlock chain to a system level E-Stop input will cause an additional system level fault to occur, disabling all PDU outputs. See “Egress Connect Fail Interlock (13208-)”, Fig. 3-12 on page 3-26 for a functional diagram of the Egress Connect Fail Interlock. Egress Connect Fail can be enabled or disabled from the ACU or it can be auto-configured based upon detected antenna type. Refer to Section 3.9.1.2, “PDU Auto Configuration Control’ on page 3-17 for more information on PDU Auto Configuration control.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 25

Page 182: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-12: EGRESS CONNECT FAIL INTERLOCK (13208-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 26

Page 183: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.7 EL Down Limit Override and AZ Low Look Disable

The PDU Drive Board has standard interlock circuits allowing bypass of the EL Down travel Limit under specific conditions. EL Down Limit Override is required for antennas that fold the main reflector into a horizontal position for transport. Two specific conditions must be satisfied before the EL Down Limit Override can occur, the AZ Stow Align and POL Stowed inputs must be connected to +12V.

The PDU Drive Board also has standard interlock circuits which automatically disable Azimuth motion when the EL Down travel limit has been reached. This prevents possible feed boom damage during antenna stow. See “Down Limit Override Circuit (13207-)”, Fig. 3-13 on page 3-28 for a functional circuit diagram showing the EL Down Limit Override and AZ Low Look Disable circuits.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 27

Page 184: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-13: DOWN LIMIT OVERRIDE CIRCUIT (13207-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 28

Page 185: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.1.8 Drive Board Self Test LED

The PDU Drive Board has a tri-color LED, used to indicate the general health of the unit. Each time the Drive Board’s power is cycled, the Drive Board initiates internal diagnostic routines. The successful completion of self-test results in a green LED indication. Any self-test failure will result in a flashing orange or red indication and will be reported back to the ACU for display as a status or fault. See Section 6.2, “Drive Board Error Codes’ on page 6-2 for a listing of the Drive Board self tests.

3.9.2 PWM Amplifier Board

The PWM Amplifier Board contains AZ, EL and POL PWM servo amplifiers. Refer to “PWM Amplifier Board Block Diagram (13214-)”, Fig. 3-14 on page 3-30. The AZ and EL amplifiers are rated for 15A continuous current / 30A peak current output. The AZ and EL amplifiers recieve current command and current limit set voltages from the PDU Drive Board. The AZ, EL, and POL current control loop closure occurs on the Amplifier Board.

The POL amplifier is rated 2A max. The POL amplifier recieves a rate command from the Drive Board and generates a Back EMF motor speed feedback signal to complete the servo speed control loop. The POL current command, current feedback, and current limit are generated on the amplifier board.

The AZ/EL and POL amplifiers operate with 48VDC input. Three bi-color LED’s on the amplifier board indicate AZ, EL, and POL amplifier statuses. They are D23, D24, and D25 (respectively). A red LED fault indication is signaled by power-on reset, short-circuit, over-voltage, or over-heating. All amplifiers are fully protected against damage from the faults listed above. The each amplifier fault status is reported to the PDU and is used in the respective axis interlock chain. Output filters are used to increase load inductance and reduce electrical noise generated by the amplifiers.

The Amplifier board contains a 48VDC to 24VDC step-down switching regulator rated at 2A maximum. The 24VDC is used for AZ/EL Brake, Servo Active Beacon, and Pedestal Junction Box power. AZ and EL brake switching relays are located on the Amplifier board.

AZ/EL BEMF motor speed feedback circuitry is located on the Amplifier board for use with systems without motor tachometers.

Additional status LED’s on the amplifier board signal the following fault conditions:

D27 – AZ Brake Fault.D28 – EL Brake FaultD29 – 24V Power FaultD31 – Not UsedD30 – Pol Overtemp FaultD32 – POL Overcurrent Fault

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 29

Page 186: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

FIGURE 3-14: PWM AMPLIFIER BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM (13214-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 30

Page 187: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

3.9.3 PS1 Switching Power Supply

The PDU has a switching power supply, identified as PS1. PS1 is rated 80 watts, and provides +5, +12, and -12 VDC power. The output voltages are distributed through PTC fuses installed on the drive board. PS1 has a main 120/240 VAC input fuse, rated 5 amps. The input fuse is located on the front edge of the supply.

3.9.4 PS2 800 Watt Power Supply (Rackmount PDU's)

The 123T PDU powers PWM amps from a 800 Watt, 48 VDC (nominal) power supply identified as PS2. The supply accepts 90-264 VAC as input. Refer to the PDU schematic for power distribution to the PWM amps. The 48VDC is additionally downconverted to 24VDC for AZ/EL Brake Power.

3.9.5 PS2 110 Watt Power Supply (Bulkhead PDU's)

Bulkhead PDU's contain a 110 Watt, 48 VDC (nominal) power supply identified as PS2. The supply accepts 90-264 VAC as input, and is downconverted to 24VDC at the PWM Amplifier Board for AZ/EL Brake and Servo Active Beacon power.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 31

Page 188: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 3 - Hardware-PDU

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 3 - 32

Page 189: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 4 - System Components

SECTION 4 - SYSTEM COMPONENTS

4 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

The following paragraphs provide information on other system components supplied with the servo system. Refer to Section 9 for additional vendor data. The Hardware Interface Specification located in “APPENDIX D - Servo System Drawings” on page D-1, provides detailed mounting dimensions.

4.1 POSITION TRANSDUCER, RESOLVER 1:1

This is a mechanical assembly, coupled directly to the axis. The assembly contains resolver windings geared 1:1 with the input shaft. A reference sinusoidal waveform of 4 VRMS and 4k Hertz is connected to one of the resolver rotor windings. The second rotor winding is shortened out for zero input. The resulting Sine and Cosine waveforms on the stators is 2 VRMS maximum. The information provided by the output windings are combined in software to formulate the angular position of that axis to a resolution of 18 bits (0.0014°) over temperature range of -40°C to 71°C. The resolver is packaged in a protective metal enclosure.

4.1.1 Controls and Indicators

The ACU AZ Setup and EL Setup Menus display the raw encoder position. No controls or indicators exist on the encoder proper.

4.1.2 Configuration Settings

Section 2, Installation Instructions, discusses the parameters for proper encoder operation.

4.1.3 Start Up Procedure

Once properly wired, no start up procedure is required.

4.1.4 Normal Operation

No operator action is required for normal operation. The transducer is powered via the CCU interlock board and its output is processed by the same board.

4.1.5 Operation Under Emergency, Adverse or Abnormal Conditions

Antenna axis closed position loop operation is not possible with an encoder failure.

4.1.6 Shut Down Procedure

Removing power to the CCU removes power to the encoders. No other shut down procedure is required. Note that the antenna is not operational in this condition.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 4 - 1

Page 190: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 4 - System Components

4.1.7 Emergency Shutdown

The emergency stop switches are available to disable the antenna in the event of an encoder failure.

4.2 CLINOMETER(S)

The clinometer(s) should be mounted as specified in Section 2, Installation Instructions. The X position can be viewed as the “Fwd/Back Tilt” on the Setup/Calib screen. The Y position can be viewed as the “R/L Tilt” on the Setup/Calib screen.

Refer to Section 9, Vendor Data, for associated data sheets.

4.3 FLUX GATE COMPASS

The compass can be mounted anywhere on the antenna or trailer as long as the compass is level when the antenna is stowed. The compass should be mounted so the arrow marker on the compass points directly out the back of the trailer when the antenna is stowed.

Refer to Section 9, Vendor Data, for associated data sheets.

4.4 GPS ANTENNA AND RECEIVER

The GPS Antenna can be mounted anywhere on the antenna or trailer as long as this position gives it an obstructed view of the sky when the antenna is stowed.

The GPS Antenna/Receiver can take up to 20 minutes, after power up, to acquire the GPS constellation and provide accurate site and time information.

The GPS Receiver is a circuit board that exists in the ACU. Coaxial cable connects this board to the GPS Antenna.

Refer to Section 9, Vendor Data, for associated data sheets.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 4 - 2

Page 191: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

SECTION 5 - RF

5 RF OPTIONS

The Tracking Receiver performs the tracking signal RF-to-DC conversion. Its input is a beacon or other tracking signal at the down link frequency. It produces an output DC signal proportional to received signal strength for Steptrack.

The Tracking Receiver function may be accomplished by one or more of the following VertexRSI units:

The Model 253 has a separate manual. The following discussion applies to the other units listed.

5.1 MODEL 123T ACU TRACKING RECEIVER BOARD SET

The Receiver Block Diagram, “Receiver Module Block Diagram (12516-)”, Fig. 5-1 on page 5-2, gives an overview of the unit. The receiver is a physical combination of several units. The primary RF circuitry is contained within the L-Band (or optional 70) MHz module. Control signals are issued to the L-Band module by the system motherboard. Signal strength outputs are cabled from the L-Band Module to the ACU Interface board. The ACU Interface Board provides Analog to Digital converter circuitry necessary to complete the receiver function. All receiver software executes on the system motherboard.

5.2 RF BOARD (A2)

The block diagram of the L-Band Board is shown in “L-Band RF Board Block Diagram (12514-)”, Fig. 5-2 on page 5-4. The block diagram of the 70 MHz board is shown in “70 MHz RF Board Block Diagram (12513-)”, Fig. 5-3 on page 5-5. Relevant portions of the ACU motherboard and ACU Interface Board are also shown in each block diagram.

UNIT BAND PACKAGING

Model 253 C, X, Ku, Ka 2 RU, 19” Chassis

Model 250 L Card Set in ACU

70 MHz Card Set in ACU

Block Down Converter (C, X, Ku, or Ka) to L 2 RU, 19” Chassis

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 1

Page 192: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

FIGURE 5-1: RECEIVER MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (12516-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 2

Page 193: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

The following circuit description applies to the L-Band Board and 70 MHz board, with the exception that the 70 MHz board does not contain the initial circuitry to convert L-Band to 70 MHz.

The RF input signal is buffered and filtered before driving the first mixer. The input filter rejects image and other spurious signals. The RF input is down converted to 835 MHz by mixing with the output of the RF synthesizer. A high side LO is used and therefore the RF synthesizer covers a frequency range of 1785 to 2985 MHz. The ACU motherboard provides the frequency control word and monitors the phase lock status of the RF synthesizer.

The 835 MHz IF output of the first mixer is filtered, amplified and filtered again before driving the second mixer. The band pass filters have nominal bandwidths of 25 MHz. A high side LO signal of 905 MHz from the IF synthesizer is used to down convert the first IF to 70 MHz. The IF synthesizer is controlled and monitored by the ACU motherboard.

A low pass filter prevents the LO and RF signals to the second mixer from overdriving the 70 MHz amplifier. This amplifier drives an 11 dB coupler and a 3 MHz wide band pass filter.

The output of the 3 MHz wide band pass filter is down converted to 10.7 MHz by mixing with a LO frequency of 59.3 MHz. This LO is generated by using a phase locked loop to multiply the output of a DDS (direct digital synthesizer) by 10. The DDS is controlled by the ACU motherboard to cover a mixer input frequency range of 70 MHz ± 150 kHz. An amplifier follows the mixer to drive a 400 kHz wide band pass filter that then drives final mixer.

The final mixer down converts the 10.7 MHz IF to 455 kHz. The LO is generated by a VCXO (voltage controlled crystal oscillator). This oscillator is used open loop to acquire a signal and then controlled by a phase-locked loop which tracks the input signal. The ACU Board monitors the frequency of this VCXO and adjusts the first LO using the DDS to keep the VCXO at center frequency.

The 455 kHz IF output of the second mixer is amplified and split into two paths. One path is filtered by a 10 kHz wide bandpass filter and limited to drive the phase locked loop circuitry. The limiter output can be doubled in frequency or connected directly to the input of the second limiter. The output of this limiter drives two phase detectors. A 910 kHz signal can be halved in frequency or connected directly to drive the other inputs to the phase detectors. Therefore, the phase detectors can operate at either 455 kHz or 910 kHz.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 3

Page 194: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

FIGURE 5-2: L-BAND RF BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM (12514-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 4

Page 195: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

FIGURE 5-3: 70 MHZ RF BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM (12513-)

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 5

Page 196: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

This selection is controlled by the ACU motherboard. The doubler is used when operating with carriers directly modulated by BPSK. In this case, the 910 kHz signal bypasses the divider and the doubler is used to double the 455 kHz output of the first limiter. In the normal mode of operation (not BPSK), the divider is used and the doubler is not, so the phase detectors operate at 455 kHz. This mode is shown on the block diagram. The output of one phase detector provides the error signal to the PLL compensation circuitry. If the ACU motherboard commands the switch to the VCXO to close, the loop will lock and track the input signal. The second phase detector is driven in quadrature from the first in order to provide a phase-locked indication to the ACU motherboard.

The other path generates the signal strength signal. Three predetection bandwidths are available. The detector output is a log voltage proportional to signal level at a scale factor of 5 dB/Volt.

5.3 TRACKING RF SETUP

If the antenna is to track a satellite, the ACU must receive a signal from one of the following sources:

• L-Band signal, -30 to –100 dBm, to internal L-Band receiver card

• 70 MHz signal, -10 to –80 dBm, to internal 70 MHz receiver card

• ±5VDC signal from external RSI MODEL 253 tracking receiver

• 0 to +10VDC signal from non-RSI tracking receiver

5.3.1 70 MHz Internal Receiver Setup

NOTE: The following setup applies ONLY to 123T ACU's with internal 70 MHz receivers.

This procedure is recommended for first time tracking setup of a new satellite.

1. Verify the following ACU setup parameters:

Setup/RF Setup - Scale Factor = 10 dB/V

Setup/RF Setup - Rcvr Type = RSI-70

Setup/RF Setup - RF Bandwidth = 4 kHz

2. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the Block Down Converter's 70 MHz output. Find the satellite to be tracked and peak the signal. The beacon amplitude should be less than -20 dBm to prevent saturating the receiver. Add signal attenuation if necessary. A nominal signal range is –20 to -65 dBm. Record the beacon amplitude.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 6

Page 197: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

3. Connect the 70 MHz signal to the ACU at A2J6. Adjust the Offset parameter in the Frequency menu so that the displayed signal strength matches the Spectrum Analyzer measurement.

4. Drive the antenna off into the noise floor. Record the signal strength displayed at the ACU.

5. Set the Low Signal Threshold parameter in the Frequency menu to a value that is BETWEEN the noise floor and the beacon peak. The Low Signal Threshold is typically at least 5 dB above the noise floor.

Signal Strength Monitor - The signal strength can be monitored by connecting a Strip Chart Recorder to the ACU signal strength outputs J5-9 and J5-10. The ACU Signal Strength output is 0 to +10 VDC. The scale factor is 10 dB/V. Positive 5.0 VDC corresponds to -35 dBm.

5.3.2 L-Band Internal Receiver Setup

NOTE: The following setup applies ONLY to 123T ACU's with internal L-BAND receivers.

This procedure is recommended for first time tracking setup of a new satellite.

1. Verify the following ACU setup parameters:

Setup/RF Setup - Scale Factor = 10 dB/V

Setup/RF Setup - Rcvr Type = RSI-L

Setup/RF Setup - RF Bandwidth = 4 kHz

2. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the Block Down Converter’s L-Band output. Find the satellite to be tracked and peak the signal. The beacon amplitude should be less than –40 dBm to prevent saturating the receiver. Add signal attenuation if necessary. A nominal signal range is –40 to –85 dBm. Record the beacon amplitude.

3. Connect the L-Band signal to the ACU at A2J5. In the Frequency Menu, enter the Beacon Frequency. Verify the Block Down Converter L.O. Frequency has been entered in the Setup/RF Setup Menu. Adjust the Offset parameter in the Frequency menu so that the displayed signal strength matches the Spectrum Analyzer measurement.

4. Drive the antenna off into the noise floor. Record the signal strength displayed at the ACU.

5. Set the Low Signal Threshold parameter in the Frequency menu to a value that is BETWEEN the noise floor and the beacon peak. The Low Signal Threshold is typically at least 5 dB above the noise floor.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 7

Page 198: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

Signal Strength Monitor - The signal strength can be monitored by connecting a Strip Chart Recorder to the ACU signal strength outputs J5-9 and J5-10. The ACU Signal Strength output is 0 to +10 VDC. The scale factor is 10 dB/V. Positive 5 VDC corresponds to -55 dBm.

SAMPLE FREQUENCY CALCULATION:

• Satellite Beacon frequency is 3703.10 MHz

• Block Down Converter L.O. frequency is 5150 MHz

• Receiver Center Frequency = 5150 - 3703.10 = 1446.9 MHz 1446.9 MHz is within the 950 to 2150 MHz L-Band.

5.3.3 Model 253 External Tracking Receiver Setup

NOTE: The following setup applies ONLY to 123T ACU's connected to Vertex RSI Model 253 external tracking receivers. Two versions of the Model 253 are available. One has an input signal range of -55 to -100 dBm with a scale factor of 5 dB/volt and the other has an input signal range of -30 to -100 dBm with a scale factor of 10 dB/volt. Refer to the tracking receiver documentation to determine which version is being used. It is imperative that the proper setup parameters for the ACU are used.

Consult your system schematic for ACU-TRU cable connections.

5.3.3.1 Model 253, -55 to -100 dBm Input

The following procedure is recommended for the first time tracking setup for the TRU with an input signal range of -55 to -100 dBm.

1. Verify the following ACU setup parameters:

Setup/RF Setup - Scale Factor = 5.0 dB/V

Setup/RF Setup - Rcvr Type = Vertex RSI External

Setup/RF Setup - RF Bandwidth = 4 kHz

2. At the Tracking Receiver, select REMOTE mode.

3. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the Tracking Receiver signal input. Find the satellite to be tracked and peak the signal. The beacon amplitude should be less than -65 dBm to prevent saturating the receiver. Add signal attenuation if necessary. A nominal signal range is -65 to -85 dBm. Record the beacon amplitude.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 8

Page 199: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

4. In the ACU Frequency Menu, enter the Beacon Frequency. Adjust the Offset parameter in the Frequency menu so that the displayed signal strength matches the Spectrum Analyzer measurement.

5. Drive the antenna off into the noise floor. Record the signal strength displayed at the ACU.

6. Set the Low Signal Threshold parameter in the Frequency menu to a value that is BETWEEN the noise floor and the beacon peak. The Low Signal Threshold is typically at least 5 dB above the noise floor.

Signal Strength Monitor - The signal strength can be monitored by connecting a Strip Chart Recorder to the TRU auxiliary signal strength outputs J6-3 and J6-4. The TRU Signal Strength output is 0 to +10 VDC. The scale factor is 5 dB/V. Positive 10 VDC corresponds to -55 dBm.

5.3.3.2 Model 253, -30 to -100 dBm Input

The following procedure is recommended for the first time tracking setup for the TRU with an input signal range of -30 to -100 dBm.

1. Verify the following ACU setup parameters:

Setup/RF Setup - Scale Factor = 10 dB/V

Setup/RF Setup - Rcvr Type = Vertex RSI External

Setup/RF Setup - RF Bandwidth = 4 kHz

2. At the Tracking Receiver, select REMOTE mode.

3. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the Tracking Receiver signal input. Find the satellite to be tracked and peak the signal. The beacon amplitude should be less than -40 dBm to prevent saturating the receiver. Add signal attenuation if necessary. A nominal signal range is -40 to -85 dBm. Record the beacon amplitude.

4. In the ACU Frequency Menu, enter the Beacon Frequency. Adjust the Offset parameter in the Frequency menu so that the displayed signal strength matches the Spectrum Analyzer measurement.

5. Drive the antenna off into the noise floor. Record the signal strength displayed at the ACU.

6. Set the Low Signal Threshold parameter in the Frequency menu to a value that is BETWEEN the noise floor and the beacon peak. The Low Signal Threshold is typically at least 5 dB above the noise floor.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 9

Page 200: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

Signal Strength Monitor - The signal strength can be monitored by connecting a Strip Chart Recorder to the TRU auxiliary signal strength outputs J6-3 and J6-4. The TRU Signal Strength output is 0 to +10 VDC. The scale factor is 10 dB/V. Positive 5 VDC corresponds to -55 dBm.

5.3.4 Setup For External Non-RSI Receiver (0 to 10V Output)

If you have an external tracking receiver with 0 to +10VDC output, (non-RSI receiver), verify the dBm input to the tracking receiver is within the proper range. Also verify the receiver does not saturate during normal operation (i.e., if the TRU max signal input is –55 dBm, then the peak signal to the TRU should be no more than –65 dBm). Consult your system schematic for connection details.

The signal strength must now be calibrated by adjusting the Scale factor parameter in the Setup/RF menu. If you know the TRU’s output Volts per input dB, enter this number as the Scale factor. If you do not know the scale factor, it may be calculated as follows:

Peak the received signal and record the resulting DC voltage level. Insert a known loss (such as a 3 dB pad) and record the new voltage level. Take the attenuation level introduced and divide it by the difference of the two voltage levels. Enter this number as the Scale factor (Setup/RF/Scale Factor).

The displayed signal strength is calculated as follows:

The ACU reads the tracking receiver output voltage, divides that voltage in hardware by two, then multiplies the voltage in software by the Scale factor parameter (Setup/RF/Scale Factor). The ACU then adds the Signal Offset parameter (Frequency/Offset) to the result.

Sample Calculation:

• Scale factor = 10 dB/V

• Offset = -40 dB

• Signal from TRU = +4VDC

• Therefore, the signal strength displayed at the ACU is: (4/2) * (10 dB/V) + (-40) dB = -20 dB.

See Section 5.3.5, “Use of Signal Offset Parameter’ on page 5-10 for suggested use of the Signal Offset Parameter and Section 5.3.6, “Use of Low Signal Parameter’ on page 5-11 for suggested use of the Low Signal Parameter.

5.3.5 Use of Signal Offset Parameter

OPTION #1 (Recommended) - Set the ACU offset parameter (Frequency/Offset) so that the displayed signal strength matches the signal strength at an external tracking receiver or spectrum analyzer.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 10

Page 201: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

OPTION #2 - Peak the signal on the satellite of interest. Set the ACU offset parameter (Frequency/Offset) so that the displayed signal strength is a negative number close to 0 dB. It is important to offset the signal strength to a negative number, because this impacts how the High Signal Fault is generated (See Section 5.3.7, “High Signal Fault’ on page 5-11).

5.3.6 Use of Low Signal Parameter

OPTION #1 (Recommended) - Set the Low Signal Parameter approximately 3 dB above the noise floor displayed at the ACU.

OPTION #2 - Set the Low Signal Parameter approximately halfway between the peak of the satellite signal and the noise floor.

If the ACU displayed signal drops below the Low Signal threshold, two events occur. First, a low signal status message is issued. Second, if Optrack has not been charged with 24 hours of valid data, tracking is disabled.

5.3.7 High Signal Fault

The High Signal Fault Threshold is operator adjustable based upon the specific receiver card installed in the 123T ACU. For the internal L-Band Receiver option, setting the High Signal Threshold = 2V will indicate a fault condition when the L-Band input signal exceeds -35 dBm.

The High Signal Fault is intended to indicate that a problem with the RF system has occurred, which could adversely impact the systems ability to operate and track a satellite.

If the High Signal Threshold is reached, two events occur. First, a High Signal Fault message is issued. Second, if Optrack has not been charged with 24 hours of valid data, tracking is disabled.

5.4 BLOCK DOWN CONVERTER, C TO L BAND

A block down converter translates the entire C-Band spectrum to L-Band. The BDC module contains an amplifier, a mixer and appropriate filters and has a nominal gain of 0 dB. A high side local oscillator of 5.150 GHz is used so the frequency is inverted.

A power supply (24VDC) is co-located on the panel with the BDC module. Power is provided to the BDC via a bias-tee connection to the L-Band output connector. The power supply is auto switching and will accommodate 120/240V at 50/60 Hz.

No field repairable units are on the BDC panel.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 11

Page 202: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 5 - RF

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 5 - 12

Page 203: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 6 - Service

SECTION 6 - SERVICE

6 SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS

6.1 POSITION ENCODER, RESOLVER 1:1

6.1.1 Performance Verification

The Position Encoder, Resolver 1:1 is to follow all theoretical resolver operations with a reference input signal measuring 4 VRMS (4 kHz) and an output signal peak of 2 VRMS (±5%).

6.1.2 Inspection, Cleaning and Lubrication

Environmental closure integrity must be maintained to ensure accuracy of mechanical and electrical components.

6.1.3 Troubleshooting

Monitor Sine and Cosine output signals of the Position Encoder, Resolver 1:1 at the PDU Drive Board ensuring the signals follow their theoretical trigonometric relation. Ignoring the phase of the signals, it should be observed that one signal’s maximum magnitude coincides with the other’s minimum magnitude, and as one signal decreases in magnitude the other increases. The equations for the unit are:

ES1-S3 = KE R1-R2 COS θ,

ES2-S4 = KE R1-R2 SIN θ

Where E X-Y is the voltage measured at X referenced in the resolver angle. The signal E R1-R2 is referred to as the Sine output and appears across stator leads 2 and 4.

The Setup/AZ and Setup/EL Screens at the ACU display the resolver position in angular format. This screen should be used to test the path of the Position Encoder feedback, not the Position Encoder unit alone. Note that the value displayed on the screen is affected by the Encoder direction setting found on this same screen. A CW setting displays the actual encoder value. A CCW setting displays 360 minus the actual encoder value.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 6 - 1

Page 204: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 6 - Service

6.1.4 Specialized Assembly, Repair or Replacement Instructions

When the encoder is replaced, it should be done with the antenna stowed. The new unit then should be hand adjusted on the system such that the raw encoder position (as viewed on the Setup/AZ or Setup/EL screen) matches the stow position (as viewed on the Setup/General screen) as close as possible. The following parameters (Mark Angle, EL Encoder Offset Software Limits and Stow Position) are affected by encoder replacement; but if the procedure above is followed, then these values may not require any changes. Refer to Section 2 for encoder parameters and update procedures.

6.2 DRIVE BOARD ERROR CODES

The PDU Drive Board has built-in self test software that executes each time the PDU power cycles. A tri-color LED installed on the Drive Board gives visual indication of the circuit board status and self-test results. Listed below are descriptions of each LED color and error code.

Green Flashing Light - Drive board is operating properly and has passed all self-test routines.

Red Flashing Light - Drive board watchdog timer has applied a reset signal to the microprocessor.

Yellow Flashing Light - The Drive board has booted, but one or more self test routines have failed or fallen out of tolerance. The error codes are a combination of “dots” and “dashes”, (like Morse Code). The error code patterns will continuously repeat. The codes are as follows:

Any sustained Red LED or flashing Yellow LED is an indication of Drive Board failure.

Two Dots, One Dash Serial Port 0 error.

Three Dots, One Dash Serial Port 1 error.

Four Dots, One Dash Serial Port 2 error.

Five Dots, One Dash Digital Port error.

Six Dots, One Dash DAC – ADC error.

Seven Dots, One Dash AZ Resolver to Digital Converter error.

Eight Dots, One Dash EL Resolver to Digital Converter error.

Nine Dots, One Dash I2C Buss Failure.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 6 - 2

Page 205: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 6 - Service

6.3 DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE

Diagnostic Software functions are password protected and are not available to the user. The following discussion is directed to qualified technicians only. Consult Vertex RSI Engineering for instructions on how to access these functions.

6.3.1 Signal Meters

The Signal Meter menu is located at Setup/Signal Meters. Signal Meters allow the user to convert internal digital signals into external analog voltages for recording and test purposes. The internal digital signals available are:

Any two signals can be selected for conversion to analog voltage. The desired signal numbers are entered at the Signal Meter menu as First Meter (#) and Second Meter ($), where (#) and ($) are the signal numbers. Once the Meters have been selected, the signal input range must be entered. To set the input range for signal number ($), enter the meter number you desire to edit on the last display line, far left menu entry, Sig ($). Edit the Min and Max input values, then Store. +5V analog output will now occur if the Max input occurs, -5V analog output will occur if the Min input occurs, and the output voltage will change linearly for every input value between Min and Max.

Meter 1 analog output voltage is available at PDU connector J9, pin 7. Meter 2 analog output voltage is available at PDU connector J9, pin 8.

Signal 1 AZ Position Command

Signal 2 EL Position Command

Signal 3 POL Position Command

Signal 4 AZ Position Error

Signal 5 EL Position Error

Signal 6 POL Position Error

Signal 7 AZ Position Feedback

Signal 8 EL Position Feedback

Signal 9 POL Position Feedback

Signal 10 Signal Strength.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 6 - 3

Page 206: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 6 - Service

6.3.2 Position Loop Test

The Position Loop Test Menu is located at Setup/Loop Test. This menu allows test signal injection into the AZ or EL position loop, and is most commonly used to perform the Position Loop tests during Site Acceptance Testing. Test point J5, pins 2 and 10, located at the ACU’s back panel, accepts a position loop test waveform. Anytime a component in the position loop path is changed, such as encoders, this test may be run.

The Position Loop Menu selectable fields are as follows:

Test axis - Select AZ, EL, POL, or OFF.

Scale - This field is used to apply a gain to the test signal’s amplitude that is being injected into the position loop. Allowable gain values are (0.001 to 1.000). The scale is in degrees/volt.

NOTE: Test input signal levels must not cause the axis to move more than the linear region or else a non-linear response will be realized. The linear region is a value less than the AZ (or EL) SQRT transition parameter in the Setup/ AZ(EL) Setup menu.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 6 - 4

Page 207: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 7 - Vendor Data

SECTION 7 - VENDOR DATA

7 VENDOR DATA SHEETS

# DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER VENDOR LOCATION

1. 48VDC Power Supply

PCM7000 Unipower PDU

2. Logic Power Supply

VLT60-3000 Celetron PDU

3. PWM Amplifier VIO 15-60 Elmo Motion PDU

4. Precision Resolver

11 BHW 59YV/F960 Clifton System

5. Electronic Clinometer

Web Data Sheet Cline System

6. Power Supply Web Data Sheet Enermax ACU

7. Motherboard MOPS 520 PC104 Kontron ACU

8. Electronic Compass

C100, Manual54-0044Rev G2

KVH Industries System

9. Ethernet Module EM104P-LAN100N PC104

Arbor Technology ACU

10. GPS Antenna Web Data Sheet Trimble System

11. GPS Board Lassen – SK8 Trimble ACU

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 7 - 1

Page 208: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 7 - Vendor Data

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 7 - 2

Page 209: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 8 - Appendices

SECTION 8 - APPENDICES

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 8 - 1

Page 210: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance ManualSECTION 8 - Appendices

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 8 - 2

Page 211: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

APPENDIX A - Parameters

The following table lists each parameter, the default value, type, screen location, and dependency. Some parameters will be eliminated if their function is not needed. For example, if the system does not have polarization control, the POL position parameter on the track menu. The table lists parameters grouped by screen.

Type Parameter Screen Range Dependency Notes Default Section

Integration POL Select Freq POL A/ POL B POL Not used on 123T. POL A N/A

Integration Deadband Setup/AZ 0-9.999 Degs None 0.0 2

Integration Maximum Velocity

Setup/AZ 0.001-9.999 Deg/Sec

None 0.5 2

Integration CW Travel Limit

Setup/AZ 0-359.99 Degs None Limit entry made in terms of transportable system. Companion field displays next to entry to show equivalent limit in “true space”.

90.0 2

Integration CCW Travel Limit

Setup/AZ 0-359.999 Degs None Ditto -90.0 2

Integration Encoder Offset

Setup/AZ -359.999- 359.999 Degs

None Value gets set by auto-calibration Procedure upon Deployment.

0.0 2

Hardware Encoder Type Setup/AZ 1:1/8:1 None 1:1 2

Integration Encoder Direction

Setup/AZ CW/CCW None CW 2

Integration Lag1 Break Frequency

Setup/AZ 0.0-0.3 Hz None 0.035 2

Integration Lead Break Frequency

Setup/AZ 0.001-0.3 Hz None 0.05 2

Integration Crossover Frequency

Setup/AZ 0.01-1.0 Hz None 0.125 2

Integration Lag2 Break Frequency

Setup/AZ 0.2-10 Hz None 0.9 2

Integration Sqrt To Linear Xfer Point

Setup/AZ 0.01-0.5 Degs None 0.044 2

Integration Maximum cceleration

Setup/AZ 0.001-10.0 Degrees/sec sq.

None Sets deceleration Value during Acquisition.

0,5 2

Integration Scan Acceleration

Setup/AZ 0.01-1.0 Deg/sec sq.

None 1.0 2

N/A Encoder Position

Setup/AZ None Display only. N/A

Integration Deadband Setup/EL 0-9.999 Degs None 0.0 2

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 A-1

Page 212: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

Integration Maximum Velocity

Setup/EL 0.001-9.999 Deg/Sec

None 0.5 2

Integration UP Travel Limit

Setup/EL 0-359.999 Degs None 88.0 2

Integration DOWN Travel Limits

Setup/EL 0-359.999 Degs None -1.0 2

Integration Encoder Offset

Setup/EL -359.999- 359.999 Degs

None 0.0 2

Hardware Encoder Type Setup/EL 1:1/8:1 None 1:1 3

Integration Encoder Direction

Setup/EL CW/CCW None CW 3

Integration Lag1 Break Frequency

Setup/EL 0.0-0.3 Hz None 0.035 3

Integration Lead Break Frequency

Setup/EL 0.001-0.3 Hz None 0.05 3

Integration Crossover Frequency

Setup/EL 0.01-1.0 Hz None 0.125 3

Integration Lag2 Break Frequency

Setup/EL 0.2-10 Hz None 0.9 3

Integration Sqrt To Linear Xfer Point

Setup/EL 0.01-0.5 Degs None 0.044 3

Integration Maximum Acceleration

Setup/EL 0.001-10.0 Degr/ sec sq.

None 0.5 3

Integration Scan Acceleration

Setup/EL 0.01-1.0 Deg/sec sq.

None 1.0 3

N/A Encoder Position

Setup/EL None N/A

Integration Deadband Setup/POL

0-9.999 Degs None 0.0 3

Integration Maximum Velocity

Setup/POL

0.001-9.999 Deg/Sec

None 0.5 3

Integration CW Travel Limit

Setup/POL

0-359.999 Degs None 359.9 3

Integration CCW Travel Limit

Setup/POL

0-359.999 Degs None 0.1 2

Integration Encoder Offset

Setup/POL

-179.999- 180.000 Degs

None 0.0 2

Hardware Encoder Type Setup/POL

Pot/ Synchro/ None

None None 2

Integration Encoder Direction

Setup/POL

CW/CCW None CW 2

Integration Pot Scale Factor

Setup/POL

0.001-99.999 POLPOT (Displays when Encoder Type is set To Pot.)

1.912 2

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 A-2

Page 213: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

Integration Encoder Scale Factor

Setup/POL

0.5-2.0 POL SYNCHRO (Displays when Encoder Type Is set to Synchro.)

1.0 2

Integration Lag1Break Frequency

Setup/POL

0.0-0.3 Hz None 0.035 2

Integration Lead Break Frequency

Setup/POL

0.001-0.3 Hz None 0.05 2

Integration Crossover Frequency

Setup/POL

0.01-1.0 Hz None 0.125 2

Integration Lag2 Break requency

Setup/POL

0.2-10 Hz None 0.9 2

Integration Sqrt To Linear Xfer Point

Setup/POL

0.01-0.5 Degs None 0.044 2

Integration Maximum Acceleration

Setup/POL

0.001-10.0 Deg/sec sq.

None 0.5 2

Hardware Aperture Setup/General

0.5-99.0 meters None 10.0 2

Hardware Drive Type Setup/General

123T/70V/70 None 123T 2

Hardware Polarization Setup/General

On/Off None 123T system sets parameter when RF Feed changes made.

2

Operational INTELSAT Setup/General

On/Off None Off 2

Integration AZ Stow Position

Setup/General

0-359.999 Degs None 0 2

Integration EL Stow Position

Setup/General

0.359.999 Degs None 0 2

Integration POL Stow Position

Setup/General

0-359.999 Degs None 0 2

Operational Table Track Setup/General

On/Off None Off 2

Mode Steptrack Step Size

Setup/Track

5-20 Percent of Beamwidth

None 10.0 2

Mode Steptrack Scan Cycle Time

Setup/Track

0-240 Minutes None 10.0 2

Mode Steptrack Degraded Signal Threshold

Setup/Track

-50.0 dB None -3.0 2

Hardware Tracking Signal Gain

Setup/RF 0.1-99.9 dB per Volt

None 5.0 2

Hardware Tracking Receiver Type

Setup/RF VRSI-L/ VRSI-70/ VRSI External/ External

None Vertex RSI-L

2

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 A-3

Page 214: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 A-4

Page 215: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

APPENDIX B - Control Integration and Initial Tests

The following procedure applies to 240MVO antennas.

Verify the following ACU setup parameters

• Setup/AZ/Encoder Type = 1:1

• Setup/AZ/Encoder Dir = CCW

• Setup/AZ/Encoder Offset = 0.0

• Setup/AZ/Max Velocity = 2 deg/sec

• Setup/EL/Encoder Type =1:1

• Setup/EL/Encoder Dir = CW

• Setup/EL/Encoder Offset = 0.0

• Setup/EL/Max Velocity = 1 deg/sec

• Setup/General Setup/Drive type = 123T

• Setup/General Setup/Aperture = 2.4M

• Setup/General Setup/Fault Latching = OFF

• Setup/Calib/Compass Mark Angle = 0.0

FIRST STEP:

ZERO THE AZ AND EL ENCODERS TO PROVIDE BASELINE POSITIONS.

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.10, “Baseline Encoder Settings’ on page 1-26 for more information on the following procedure.

1. The truck must be level. This is because a tilted platform will affect the elevation encoder setup. I have been told that the best place to check the truck, is to put a bubble level on the shelter roof, or the inside shelter ceiling. These places should be in the same x-y-z plane as the main azimuth bearing. Using floor jacks, adjust the truck for level if necessary.

2. With the PMU, verify EL UP and DN, AZ CW and CCW directions. Remember that AZ CW and CCW are AS VIEWED FROM above the antenna. Verify High and Low rates with the PMU.

3. Verify AZ and EL encoders are operating properly. The AZ and EL displayed positions should be stable, with no jumps or jitters. If encoder positions are not stable, check the resolver cabling for broken connections or shorted wiring. With the PMU, drive EL UP. The EL angle should increase. Drive AZ CW. The AZ angle should increase.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-1

Page 216: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

4. Apply High rate with the PMU to the AZ axis for 30 seconds and note the axis travel. Calculate the AZ axis velocity. It should be 2 degrees per second, +/- 10%.

5. Apply High rate with the PMU to the EL axis for 30 seconds and note the axis travel. Calculate the EL axis velocity. It should be 1 degree per second, +/- 10%.

6. In azimuth, use the PMU to drive the antenna to the azimuth stow angle. Verify that "AZ Stow Aligned" message occurs at the Messages/Status screen. The antenna needs to be at the AZ Stow Aligned position, because only at AZ Stow Aligned can it drive Elevation below the down hardware limit. If you are having trouble moving Azimuth with the PMU, it may be because you are too low in elevation. Azimuth is disabled (in hardware relay logic) from moving if Elevation is below down hard limit.

7. Hand adjust the AZ resolver to zero degrees. When setting the AZ encoder to zero, use the raw AZ encoder feedback. This is found in the Setup/AZ/Encoder Position menu. Re-tighten the encoder coupling.

8. Use the PMU to adjust EL to zero degrees look angle. Remember, zero degrees look equals 22.3 degrees from vertical on the antenna backbone.

9. Hand adjust the EL resolver to zero degrees. When setting the EL encoder to zero, use the raw EL encoder feedback. This is found in the Setup/EL/Encoder Position menu. Retighten the encoder coupling.

10. THE AZ AND EL ENCODERS ARE NOW ADJUSTED.

SECOND STEP:

CHECK THE AZ AND EL HARDWARE TRAVEL LIMITS

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.7.1, “Azimuth and Elevation Limits’ on page 1-6 for more information on the following procedure.

1. This procedure checks to ensure the AZ and EL hardware travel limits are operating properly.

CAUTIONCHECKING THE AZ/EL HARDWARE LIMITS REQUIRES FULL MOTIONTRAVEL OF THE ANTENNA FOR POSSIBLY THE FIRST TIME, SOCLOSELY MONITOR ALL MECHANICAL HARD POINTS, CABLE WRAPS,AND OTHER CRITICAL AREAS FOR PROBLEMS WHILE MOVING THEANTENNA.

NOTE: Record all travel limit raw encoder angles. These data points will be used later to set the AZ/EL software limits.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-2

Page 217: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

2. Move azimuth to the CW limit. Verify the AZ CW PRELIMIT Fault occurs. Record the encoder position found in the Setup/AZ/Encoder Position menu. Move azimuth to the CCW limit. Verify the AZ CCW PRELIMIT Fault occurs. Record the encoder position.

3. Move Elevation to the UP limit. Verify the EL UP PRELIMIT Fault occurs. Record the encoder position found in the Setup/EL/Encoder Position menu.

4. Ensure Azimuth is at some angle other than the AZ STOW ALIGN position. This will enable the EL down hardware limit. Move elevation to the Down limit. Verify the EL DN PRELIMIT Fault occurs. Record the encoder position found in the Setup/EL/Encoder Position menu.

TYPICAL NUMBERS FOR THE 240MVO ANTENNA:

ALL NUMBERS ARE RAW ENCODER DATA

AZ CW Hardware limit = +130 degsAZ CCW Hardware limit = -130 degs (+230)EL UP Hardware limit = 82 degsEL DN Hardware limit = 7 degs

READY TO SET THE AZ AND EL SOFTWARE LIMITS

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.9.5.2, “Software Limits’ on page 1-22 for more information on the following procedure.

5. The AZ and EL software limits are typically set at least 0.1 deg prior to the hardware limits. Set the Azimuth limits in the Setup/AZ/Travel Lim CW, Travel Lim CCW menus. Set the Elevation limits in the Setup/EL/Travel Lim UP, Travel Lim DN menus.

TYPICAL NUMBERS FOR THE 240MVO ANTENNA:

AZ CW Software limit = 129.5 degsAZ CCW Software limit = -129.5 degsEL Up Software limit = 81.5 degsEL Dn Software limit = 7.5 degs

READY TO CHECK THE EL VELOCITY LIMIT AND EL STOW POSITION

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.7.4, “Elevation Velocity Limit and Elevation Stow Angle’ on page 1-7 for more information on the following procedure.

6. This procedure checks to ensure the Elevation Velocity limit switch operates properly, and measures the Elevation stow angle.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-3

Page 218: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

7. In azimuth, use the PMU to drive the antenna to the azimuth stow angle. Verify that "AZ Stow Aligned" message occurs at the Messages/Status screen. The antenna needs to be at the AZ Stow Aligned position, because only at AZ Stow Aligned can it drive Elevation below the down hardware limit.

NOTE: If a feed has not been installed, it will be necessary to jumper out the stow interlock input before stowing can occur. To do this, install a jumper wire at the POL harness connector P4, from pin F to L.

8. With the PMU, drive Elevation down. At approximately 2 degrees above the stow pads, the Elevation axis should slow to 1/10 speed. The "Elevation Velocity limit" status message should occur at the Messages/Status menu. Record the angle at which Elevation Velocity Limit occurs from the Setup/EL/Encoder Position menu.

9. Continue to drive elevation down into the stow pads. When the stow torque is reached, elevation should auto shut down, and the elevation brake should set. Record the angle at which elevation stow occurs from the Setup/EL/Encoder Position menu.

TYPICAL NUMBERS FOR THE 240MVO ANTENNA:

ALL NUMBERS ARE RAW ENCODER DATA

EL Velocity Limit angle = -67 degsEL Stowed Angle = -69 degs

READY TO SET THE AZ AND EL STOW POSITIONS

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.9.5.3, “Stow Position’ on page 1-22 for more information on this procedure.

10. Verify that AZ Stow Aligned message occurs at the Messages/Status screen. Go to the Setup/AZ/Encoder Position menu. Read the AZ encoder position. It should be very close to 0.0 degs.

11. Go to the Setup/General Setup menu and find the AZ STOW POSITION parameter. Enter the azimuth angle found in 20 above as the AZ Stow Position.

12. Go to the Setup/General Setup menu and find the EL STOW POSITION parameter. Subtract 0.5 degree from the elevation stow angle found in 19 above. Convert to 0-360 deg format. Enter this number as the EL Stow Position.

EXAMPLE:

From 19 above, Elevation stow occurs at -69 degs. -69 -0.5 = -69.5.360 - 69.5 = 290.5 degs. The Elevation Stow position is 290.5 degs.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-4

Page 219: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

TYPICAL NUMBERS FOR THE 240MVO ANTENNA:

Azimuth Stow Position = 0.0 degsElevation Stow Position = 290.5 degs

READY TO SETUP THE LINEAR POL FEED.

NOTE: This procedure applies to Linear POL feeds only.

13. Move EL to a normal operating angle. Move AZ to some angle OTHER THAN the AZ Stow Aligned angle.

14. Install the linear POL feed to be tested. With the PMU, verify POL CW and CCW directions. CCW rotates POL to the STOW position. Verify POL operates in HIGH and LOW rate.

15. Place a temporary reference mark on the feed. Note the displayed POL angle. Rotate the feed so that the reference mark has moved 90 degrees. Note the new displayed POL angle. The displayed POL angle should have changed by 90 degrees. If not, adjust the POL POT SCALE. FACTOR in the SETUP/POL SETUP menu. Retest if necessary with the new Pot Scale Factor.

16. Apply High rate with the PMU to the POL axis for 30 seconds and note the axis travel. Calculate the POL axis velocity. It should be 5.5 degrees per second, ± 20%. Verify that POL MAX VEL is set to 5.5 degrees in the SETUP/POL SETUP menu.

17. Verify Azimuth Stow Aligned status message is not displayed. When Azimuth Stow Aligned occurs, some POL limit indicates are suppressed at the ACU. Using the PMU, rotate POL to the CW limit. Verify the POL axis stops, and the POL CW LIMIT fault message is displayed at the ACU. Note the displayed POL angle. Set the POL CW Software limit in the SETUP/POL SETUP menu so that it occurs one degree BEFORE the POL CW Hardware limit.

18. Using the PMU, rotate POL to the CCW limit. Verify the POL axis stops, and the POL CCW LIMIT fault message is displayed at the ACU. Note the displayed POL angle. Set the POL CCW Software limit in the SETUP/POL SETUP menu so that it occurs three degrees AFTER the POL CCW Hardware limit.

19. Set the POL STOW position in the SETUP/GENERAL SETUP menu so that it occurs one and one-half degree AFTER the POL CCW Hardware limit.

TYPICAL NUMBERS OR THE 240MVO ANTENNA:

POL CW Hardware Limit = 225 degs.POL CW Software Limit = 224 degs.POL CCW Hardware Limit = 25 degs.POL CCW Software Limit = 22 degs.POL Stow Position – 23.5 degs.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-5

Page 220: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

READY TO AUTO-STOW THE ANTENNA.

20. With AZ, EL, and POL at a random angle, Execute STOW at the ACU. AZ should drive to the AZ STOW ALIGNED position. POL should drive to the POL CCW LIMIT position. When AZ and POL have reached their stow positions, EL should start driving downward. At approximately two degrees above the Stow Pads, EL Velocity Limit should occur and the EL axis should slow to 1/10 speed. EL should continue driving downward into the Stow Pads. When the EL Stow Torque is achieved by the PDU, the EL axis should automatically shut down. The STOWED message should display at the STOW menu.

READY TO CALIBRATE THE TILT SENSORS.

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.8, “Auto-Calibration Sensor Mounting’ on page 1-10 for more information on this procedure.

21. Using a bubble level, recheck the antenna platform/truck for level. (Refer to 1. Above).

22. Open the Setup/Calib/Tilt menu. There is a FW/Back and R/L tilt. Each should read 0 ± 0.08 deg. If not, the tilt sensors should be manually adjusted.

23. To manually adjust the tilt sensor outputs, first locate the sensors. They should be in the cable wrap area near the Azimuth position encoder. The sensors are plastic discs, about three inches in diameter, and .75 inch in thickness. They are attached to the antenna with two bolts.

24. Each tilt sensor has a slotted mounting hole. Loosen the bolt through this mounting hole. Rotate the sensor while monitoring the Setup/Calib/Tilt outputs. When the sensor output equals 0 ± 0.08 deg, the sensor is calibrated. Tighten the bolt. Repeat the procedure for the second sensor.

READY TO CHECK THE COMPASS AND GPS OPERATION.

Reference Maintenance Manual, Section 1.8, “Auto-Calibration Sensor Mounting’ on page 1-10 and Operations Manual “Auto-Calibration with GPS, Compass, and Tilt Sensors” for more information on the compass and GPS.

NOTE: The antenna must be in the STOW position before running this test.

25. GPS will not return correct LAT/LON unless the GPS antenna has a clear view of the sky. The compass may not give correct results if mounted near ferrous junction boxes or coiled cables carrying current.

26. Go to the Messages/Faults menu. Make sure the following faults are NOT displayed: COMPASS LINK DOWN, ACU-GPS LINK DOWN.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-6

Page 221: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

27. Go to the Setup/Calib/GPS Status menu. You should have the message “Getting fixes Quality = 9” displayed when a complete GPS constellation has been detected. Go to Setup/Calib/GPS Lat, Lon, Alt, Time. Verify Lat, Lon and Alt are correct for your site location. Time is Greenwich Mean Time.

28. Go to Setup/Calib/Compass Heading menu. Note the compass angle. Cross check the compass angle with a hand-held magnetic compass. The compass angle should match the antenna’s line of sight. Example: If the antenna line of sight is due north, the compass angle should display 0 degrees. If the antenna line of sight is due south, the compass angle should display 180 degrees.

29. Go to Setup/Calib/Compass Noise Score. The number found should be 7, 8 or 9. If Noise Score is less than 7, perform compass calibration.

30. Go to Setup/Calib/Compass Environment Count. The number found should be 7, 8, or 9. If Environment Count is less than 7, perform compass calibration.

READY TO DEPLOY THE ANTENNA.

Reference Operations Manual, “Deploy” for more information on this procedure.

31. I assume the antenna is still in the stow position from 35 above.

32. Go to the Deploy menu. Execute Deploy.

33. Elevation should automatically drive to 5 degrees above the lower elevation software limit.

INTEGRATION COMPLETE.

FIND 99-XXX-0006, SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE, IN THE MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

RUN THE SITE TEST PROCEDURE TO COMPLETE THE 123T/240MVO FUNCTIONAL TESTS.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-7

Page 222: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 B-8

Page 223: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

APPENDIX C - Multiple Pedestal Support

Multiple pedestal support is a powerful feature that allows pre-configuration of one ACU+PDU for up to four unique antenna types. This has the following advantages:

• Less hardware to inventory.

• Fewer spares for support.

• The control system can be re-configured to support additional systems without any new hardware requirements.

• ACU software can be pre-defined to support the antenna hardware (i.e. tilt sensors, heading sensors, stow types, antenna velocities, Linear POL drive support, Antenna Stow, Tracking algorithms, AZ/EL or EL/XEL mount, etc.).

• PDU software can be pre-defined to support antenna motor specifications including tachometer scaling and current limits.

• PDU software additionally can be tailored to enable or inhibit interlocks as antenna hardware requirements change.

OPERATION

Antenna type can be hardware detected by installing jumpers at the ACU rear panel I/O connector J7, or at the PDU antenna harness connector J7. Jumpers are installed in a 15 pin D-subminiature plug when used at the ACU, or installed integral to the Antenna cabling when detected at the PDU.

There are four antenna type data sets. One of the four is always loaded into ACU RAM and PDU RAM as the CURRENT configuration. The CURRENT configuration is executed by the control system.

Antenna type jumpers are necessary ONLY when multiple antenna types are supported with a single ACU+PDU control.

QUICK-START

Use the following rules for successful auto-configuration.

1. Do NOT apply antenna type jumpers simultaneously at the ACU and PDU.

2. When changing antenna types, the first device booted should be the unit containing the antenna type jumper. The PDU boots in approximately 3 seconds. The ACU boots in approximately 60 seconds. Applying type jumpers at the PDU ensures correct auto-configuration if power is applied simultaneously at the ACU and PDU.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 C-1

Page 224: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

ANTENNA DETECT AT THE ACU

If a non-ZERO antenna type is detected at the ACU, then the matching ACU software configuration is loaded from the ACU solid state disk drive into CURRENT.

Each ACU antenna type data set (0, 1, 2, and 3) includes all ACU system software options and PDU hardware settings. The PDU hardware settings (Tachometer scaling, Current limits, etc.), are sent serially from the ACU to the PDU via the main ACU-PDU serial link. Once received, the PDU then stores these settings locally in RAM as CURRENT and in non-volatile EEPROM indexed to the corresponding type.

Changing antenna type jumpers at the ACU requires system (ACU + PDU) re-boot for the new configuration to load and become active. When antenna type detect occurs at the ACU, the ACU should always be completely booted prior to powering the PDU. Powering the PDU first may cause incorrect configuration to occur and generate the “Pedestal Select Invalid” fault.

ANTENNA DETECT AT THE PDU

If antenna type jumpers are detected at the PDU, then settings are loaded from the PDU’s local EEPROM memory (data sets 1, 2, or 3) into CURRENT. If no jumpers are detected at the PDU, then CURRENT is set to the last detected antenna type (0, 1, 2, or 3). This occurs without the requirement of ACU operation, which is a distinct advantage over ACU antenna type detect. Once the PDU is configured, then the ACU can be booted. During the ACU boot sequence, the PDU will send the detected Antenna type serially to the ACU, causing the ACU to load matching system software (0, 1, 2, or 3). Changing antenna type at the PDU requires system (ACU+PDU) re-boot to load new parameters.

When detecting antenna type at the PDU, the PDU should always boot before the ACU or an indeterminate configuration may result, generating the “Pedestal Select Invalid” fault.

ANTENNA TYPE DETECT AT THE ACU OR PDU, PROS AND CONS-

Antenna type detect is recommended at the PDU whenever possible for the following reasons:

1. Antenna type jumpers incorporated in the antenna wiring are “fool-proof”. The correct configuration is always loaded.

2. Three antenna type jumper inputs are available at the PDU, allowing the system to differentiate three configurations.

3. No jumpers at the PDU results in a fourth valid antenna type detect, allowing connection to a single legacy antenna without changing the legacy antenna wiring.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 C-2

Page 225: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

4. PDU hardware re-configuration will occur without the ACU for any non-zero antenna type. This allows antenna operation to continue (speed and direction control only), via a Portable Maintenance Unit (PMU).

5. The PDU typically boots 30x faster than the ACU. Since the detecting device should boot first, applying jumpers at the PDU ensures the proper boot sequence when power is applied simultaneously at the ACU and PDU.

Antenna type detect at the ACU has one significant advantage; multiple legacy antennas can be supported in situations where detect jumpers cannot be installed in existing antenna wiring.

ANTENNA TYPE DECODE

Antenna type detect occurs at either ACU J7 or PDU J7.

There are four ACU data sets, and four PDU data sets. The ACU and PDU data sets are mapped as follows:

NOTE 1:If the ACU is booted without a PDU, the configuration loaded will be the last type detected.

PDUJUMPER

ACUJUMPER

BOOTSEQUENCE

ANTENNATYPE

PDU SelfConfiguration

ACU SelfConfiguration

NONE NONE ACU ONLY Note 1 N/A 0, 1, 2, or 3

NONE NONE PDU ONLY Note 2 0, 1, 2, or 3 N/A

NONE NONE PDU, then ACU

0 0 (Note 3) 0

J7-35 (1RU)J7-k (2RU)

NONE PDU, then ACU

1 1 1

J7-17 (1RU)J7-m (2RU)

NONE PDU, then ACU

2 2 2

J7-36 (1RU)J7-n (2RU)

NONE PDU, then ACU

3 3 3

NONE J7-4 ACU, then PDU

0 0 0

NONE J7-1 ACU, then PDU

1 1 1

NONE J7-2 ACU, then PDU

2 2 2

NONE J7-3 ACU, then PDU

3 3 3

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 C-3

Page 226: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

NOTE 2:If the PDU is booted without an ACU, the configuration loaded will be the last type detected.

NOTE 3:The PDU will initially boot configured as the last type detected. Once the ACU completes booting, antenna type 0 will be sent from the ACU to the PDU and the PDU will update as type 0.

ACU FRONT PANEL LED’S

Antenna types 1 and 3 lite ACU front panel LED “1”. Antenna types 0 and 2 lite LED “2”. The “Pedestal Select Invalid” fault removes power to both LED’s.

EDITING AND STORING ANTENNA TYPE CONFIGURATIONS

Antenna configuration data is password protected. Contact VRSI technical support to receive the password. Only one antenna configuration can be edited at a time (the current configuration). Antenna type jumpers must be applied at either the ACU or PDU to access each configuration.

Antenna configurations can be saved on 3.5” floppy disks (one configuration per disk). The Setup/Actions/Backup command saves the current configuration to floppy disk.

The Setup/Actions/Restore command loads a configuration from floppy disk.

Backup saves all ACU settings and the associated antenna type. Restore is allowed only to the same antenna type.

OTHER NOTES:

1. Data sets 1, 2, and 3 can be edited ONLY when they are hardware detected.

2. Simultaneous ACU and PDU antenna type jumpers will generate the ”Pedestal Select Invalid” fault.

3. Changing either the ACU or PDU type jumper (after the system has booted) will generate the “Pedestal Select Invalid” fault.

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 C-4

Page 227: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

APPENDIX D - Servo System Drawings

The assembly and schematic drawings for the servo system are contained within this document. They are organized by unit. The drawing tree starts with the Top Level drawing 93-100-XXXX, where XXXX is the project number. The Top Level drawing parts list calls out the next level drawing and so on. Some subassemblies start with a baseline product and are configured for the specific application. In these cases, the configuration number is marked on the subassembly and the configuration details are provided in the Top Level drawing. The following IDL lists all drawings included in this Appendix.

DRAWINGS AND PARTS LIST

SECTION 1 – SYSTEM LEVEL

Top Level Assembly, Datapath MDL 123T 93-100-3310-01Hardware Interface Specification, 123T 99-370-0007-00Model 123T Software Interface Specification 99-370-0009-00System Software 99-370-0012-01System Schematic 123T 99-370-0057-00Site Acceptance Test Procedure, 123T 99-403-0006-00Factory Acceptance Test Procedure, 123T 99-403-0007-00

SECTION 2 – ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT

ACU Assembly, Transportable 99-319-1100-18Interconnect Diagram, ACU 99-319-1101-00ACU Interface Board Schematic 99-319-1401-00Display with Backlight 90-005-5023-02Power Supply 98-119-1103-03GPS Option Kit 99-319-1510-01PC104 Single Board Computer 99-319-1530-01Ethernet Option Kit 99-319-1520-01Internal Receiver, L-Band SMA 99-319-1500-03

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 D-1

Page 228: Antenna Control System - ImageEventphotos.imageevent.com/qdf_files/technicalgoodies... · 123T Transportable Antenna Control System 123T Transportable Antenna Control Operations Manual

123T Maintenance Manual

SECTION 3 – PDU ASSEMBLY, DC

PDU Assembly, Transportable 99-370-2000-01PDU Schematic 99-370-2014-00Schematic, Drive Board 99-370-2201-00Amplifier Assembly 99-370-2100-01Schematic, Power Supply Interface 99-370-2501-00Schematic, Amplifier Interface 99-370-2451-00

© 2005 123T Datapath 3310 D-2